Nokia 8390 User Manual
NOKIA MOBILE PHONES 7725 Woodland Center Boulevard, Suite 150, T ampa, Florida 336 14 Phone: 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-4228) Fax: 1-8 13-249-96 19 TTY Users: 1-800-24NOKIA (1-800-246-6542) www .nokia.com www .nokiahowto.com User Guide é 200 1 Nokia Mobile Phones. All rights reserved. Nokia, Connecting P eople, the Model 8390 and the Original Accessories logo are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Nokia Corporation and/or its affiliates. Nokia reserves the right to make changes to products or specifications without prior notice. Some features are network dependent. Learn more about Nokia at www .nokia.com. Nokia is listed on the NYSE (NOK). Printed in Canada 93535 18 N9097 499080 8390_User Guide 10/10/01 12:25 PM Page 1
Nokia 8390 User Guide Phone notes Notes Where to ge t info rmatio n My number Wireless service provider Number to call f or voi ce mail Wireless service provider Wir eless provi de râÂÂs numbe r Wireless service provider Provi de râÂÂs customer care Wireless service provider Mode l numbe r 8390 Phon e ty pe NSB-8 Back of title page Electro nic serial numb er (IMEI) Ch apte r 2 "W elcom e", "Find information a bout your phone" PIN code Wireless service provider Cha pte r 13 "M an age phone security"
The wireless phone described in this guide is approv ed for use in G SM netw orks. LEGAL INFOR MATION P a rt No. 93 535 18, I ssue No. 2 é 20 0 1-2002 Nokia . All righ ts rese rved. Nokia is a regist ered trademark of Nokia Corporation . Printed in Canada 04/2002 Nokia, No kia C on necting P eople and the Original Accessories logos are trademark s or registered trademarks of Nokia Corporation and/or its affiliates. US P aten t No 5 8 1 8437 a nd othe r pending paten ts. T9 text in put softw are Copyright é 1999-2 00 1. T egic Co mmunica tions , I nc. All rights reserved. Include s RSA BSAFE crypt ographic o r security prot ocol softw are from RSA Security . The informati on con taine d in this user gu ide wa s written for N okia phon e NSB-8. Nokia operates a policy of conti nuous developmen t. Nokia reserves the right to make changes and improv ements to any of the p roducts described in this document w ith ou t pri or not ic e. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NOKIA BE RESPON SIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OF DA TA OR INCOME OR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, AND CONSEQUENTIAL OR I NDIREC T DAMAGES HO WSOEVER CAUSED . THE CO NTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED âÂÂA S IS.â EX CEPT AS REQU IRED B Y AP PL ICA B LE L AW , N O WAR RA NT IES OF AN Y K IN D, EI T HE R E XPR ES S O R I MPL IED , INCLUDING, BUT NO T LIMITED T O , THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF M ERCHANT ABILITY AND FI TNES S FOR A P ART ICULAR PUR POSE, A RE MADE IN RE LA TION T O THE A CCURAC Y AND RELIABI LITY OR CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT . NOKIA R ESERVES THE R IGHT TO REVI SE TH IS D OCU MEN T OR W ITH DR AW IT AT AN Y TI ME WITHO UT PRI OR N OTICE . EXPORT CONTROLS This product contain s comm odities, tech nology or softw are exported from t he United States in accordance with th e Export Administration regulations. Diversion contra ry to U. S. law i s prohibite d. FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE Y our phone may cause TV or radio interfer ence (for example, when using a telep hone in close proximity t o receiving equipment) . The FCC or Industry Canada can require you to stop using your telephon e if such interferen ce cannot be eliminated. If you require a ssistanc e, conta ct y our loca l service fac ility . This de vice comp lies with part 15 of the FCC rules . Op eration is subjec t to the c ondition that this devic e does not cause harmfu l int erference.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1 For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Befor e yo u begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . About your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Make and answe r c alls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enter le tters and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use th e phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check call histor y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced calling feat ures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use voic e featur es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Personaliz e your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manage phone secur ity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select a syste m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Communica te w ith text messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your wire less Inter net brow swer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your personal di gital a ssistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your phone and other devic es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fun and ga mes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refe re nce inform ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technic al info rmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trouble shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TOPIC S C hapter
NO T ES
[ i ] Contents 1 For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 W elc ome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Get the most out of this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Understand wire less networ k se rvice s . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Learn about acce ssibilit y solution s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Find inform ation abo ut your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Co ntact Noki a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3 Before you begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Install the SIM car d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Install the batter y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Charge the bat tery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Batte ry notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Remov e the ba ttery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Set up your he adset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 4 About your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 K e ys a nd fea tures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Switch on y our phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 About the ant enna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 About the St art screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 About indica tor s and icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
[ ii ] 5 Make and answer calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Make a cal l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 End a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Answer a ca ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Rejec t a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Silence an incoming call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Redial t he last-dia led number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 6 The menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Use th e menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 About menu short cut s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Li st of menu shortcu ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Phone book menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 7 Enter l e tters and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 ABC mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2 Predict ive tex t input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 8 Use the phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Save names, number s, and e-ma il addresses . . . . . . 39 Find names in the phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Edit names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Edit numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Erase name s and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 About phone book memor y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
[ iii ] 9 Check call history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Check dialed ca lls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Check rece ive d ca lls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Check for missed c alls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Choose options in c all lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Cl ear call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Use call ti mers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Manage c all co sts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Check data cal ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 1 0 Advanced calling features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Activ e call opti ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Use call f orw ardi ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Use an ykey answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9 Use au tomati c redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Send your ow n number in caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Use 1-touc h dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 Make an inter nationa l ca ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Use th e phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 1 1 Use voice features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 4 About voic e ma il . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Save the voice mail box number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Listen to y our v oice messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Use th e voi ce reco rder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Use voic e dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 8 Use voic e co mmands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0
[ iv ] 12 P ersonalize your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 What are prof iles? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Adj ust volume cont rol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Choose the disp lay la nguage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Set up th e cl ock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Use calle r groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Download r inging tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Restor e fa ctory setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Change Xpre ss-on ⢠color covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 13 Manage phone security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Lo ck the k eypad ( K e ygua rd) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 About sec urity co des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 PIN codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 PUK co des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Securit y code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 9 Use fixe d dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Restr ict calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Set up a close d user group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 14 Select a system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 15 Communicate w ith text messages . . . . . . . . . . 94 Message se ttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Write me ssages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Read te xt me ssages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Store messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 1
[ v ] Chat wit h other phone users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 1 Use pictur e messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 03 Use th e info message se rvice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04 Use the ser vice command editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 05 16 Y our w ireless Internet browse r . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 06 Notes on wire less Internet access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 06 Set up for br owsing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 7 Sign on to the wir eless Interne t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 7 Use browse r opt ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 08 Navigate the wire less Inter net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 09 Use boo kmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0 Disconnec t from the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0 Security issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0 Notes about GPR S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 12 17 Y our pe rsonal digital assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 14 Use th e calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 14 Make a to- do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 16 Use th e alarm cl ock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 18 Use th e countdown ti mer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 19 Use th e stopwatc h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Share business c ards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Use th e calcula tor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
[ vi ] 18 Y our phone and other devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Prepar e the devic es for IR connecti on . . . . . . . . . . 126 Infrare d basic s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Send and rec eive info rmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 PC connec tivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 GPRS dial- up connect ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1 19 Fun and games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Game rule s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Snake 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Snowbo arding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Bump er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 P airs 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 20 Referenc e information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Batte rie s, cha rgers, a nd accessor ies . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Important saf ety informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Emergenc y calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Care and mainte nance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Acce ssorie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Batte ry informatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Charge rs and other a ccessor ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 2 1 T echnical information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 22 T roubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Nokia One-Y ear Limited W ar ranty . . . . . . . . . 149 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
1 [ 1 ] For your safety 1 For your safety Read these simple gu idelines. B reaking the rules ma y be danger ous or illegal. Further detailed in formation is given in this manual. SWIT CH OFF WHER E PROHIB ITED Do not switch on the ph one when wireless phone u se is prohibited or when it may cau se interfer ence or dange r . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Don't use a h and-held phone wh ile driving. INTERFERENC E All wireless phones may get interfer ence, which could affect perfor mance . SWIT CH OFF IN HOSPIT ALS Follow any regulations or rules. Switch the phone o ff near medical equipment. SWIT CH OFF IN AIRCRAFT Wireless devices can c au se interference in air craft. SWIT CH OFF WHEN REFUELI NG Don't use the phon e at a refueling point. Don 't use near fuel or chemicals. SWIT CH OFF NEAR BLASTING Don't use the phone where blasting is i n progress. Obser ve restrictions, and follow any regulations or rules. USE SENSIB L Y Use only in the normal position. Don't touch the a ntenna unne cess arily .
[ 2 ] 1 QUALIFIED SERVI CE Only qualified personnel may install or repair phone equipment. ACCESSOR IES AND BA T TERIES Use only appr oved accessories and ba tteries. Do not con nect incompatible products. W A TER-RES IST ANC E Y our wireless phone is not water-resistant. K eep it dry . BACKUP COPIE S Remember to make backup copies of all important data. CONNEC TING T O O T HE R DEVICE S When connecting to a ny other device, read its user guide f or detailed safety instructions. Do not c onnect incompat ib le products. CALLING Ensure th e phone is switched on and in service. Enter the phone number , including the ar ea code, then press . To end a call, press . T o answer a call, press . EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure th e phone is s w itched on and in service. Press as many times as needed (for exa mple, to exit a call, to exit a menu) to cle ar the display . Enter the emer gency number , then press . Gi ve your location. Do not end the call until told to do so.
[ 3 ] W elcome 2 2 W elcome Y ouâÂÂll find that your Nokia 8390 mobile ph one has many u seful features for everyday use, such a s a calendar , to-do list, text mess aging, and alarm clock. Before you get started, review this chapter to find out mor e about: ⢠How to use this guid e ⢠Wireless network services ⢠Accessibility solutions ⢠How to contact Nokia ⢠GET THE MOST OUT O F THIS GUIDE The tips that follow can help you get the m ost from this guide as you learn to use your ph one. Notice t ext conventions This user gu ide provides text clu es to help make in structions clear and easy to follow . These clues are called convent ions . Follow graphic clues This guide uses certain icons to alert you to important inf ormation. Tip : Provides information a bout a shortcut or an alternate method of doing som ething. Con ve nti on What it means bold The word or phrase appears on the phoneâÂÂs screen. bold an d blu e The text refers to an address on the W orld Wide W e b . italic Italics indicate emphasis. P ay close attention to any information in italics.
2 [ 4 ] Note: Explains a feature or points out an important concept. Import ant: Alerts you to in for mation cr itical to u sing a feature correctly . Ca utio n : W arns you when you m ay lose inform ation. Wa r n i n g : Helps you a void personal injury , damage to the phone, or property damage. Look for updates From time to time, Nokia u pdates this user guide to reflect ch anges or corrections. The l atest version may be available online at: http://www .nokiausa.com Also, an interactive tutorial is available online at: www .no kiahowt o.com ⢠UNDERSTAND WIRELESS NETWORK SERVIC ES A number of f eatures included in this guide are called Netw ork Service s. Thes e are spe cial s ervices that you ar range throu gh your wir eless se rvice provider . Be fore you can take advantage of any of th ese Network Services, you mu st subscribe to th em through your service provider and obta i n instructions for their use from your service provider . V oice mail and voice pri vacy Call waiting, call for warding, and caller ID T ext and picture messa ges Ability to sen d your own number News and in formation services Notifications on SIM update Cell info display Service command editor E-mail over SMS Selected In ternet access services and G PRS services
[ 5 ] W elcome 2 ⢠LEARN ABOUT ACCESSIBILITY SOLUTIONS Nokia is comm itted to makin g mobile phones e asy to use f or al l ind ividuals, including those with disabilities. For m ore information, visit the Nokia W orld Wide W e b site: www . nokiaac cessib il ity .co m Alternate format user guides This user gu ide is available in alternate formats, in cluding: Braille Large print Audiocassette E-text (electronic documents on a 3.5-inch disk, i n Microsof t Word or W ord P erfect for mat) To reques t any fo rma t, ca ll No kia U.S . Cus tomer Care a t (8 88) 665- 42 28. Heari ng-im paired an d o t her TTY u sers can con tact Nokia at (800 ) 246-6 542. LPS-3 Mobile Inductive Loopset The LPS-3 Mobile L oopset gives people with T -coil equipped hearing aids the ability to make and receive calls without noise in terference. Also compatible with the Nokia 3 300, 8200 and 8800 series digital ph ones, the loopset gives hearing-impaired users clear access to digital telephony for the first time. The loopset is easy to use. Y ou wear the loopset around your neck, connect it to your phone, and speak directly toward the microphone. For more information, see â Use the loopset settingâ on page 76. Note: The loopset can be purchased separately as an accessor y . Fo r detailed instructions, refer to the book le t that comes with the LPS-3.
2 [ 6 ] Accessible fe atures The 8390 has many accessible features, including: Nibs above and below the key for qu ick reference to the keypad T actile feedback when you press a key Ability to send and receive short text messages Convenience of 1-touc h dialing Ability to defin e ring tones for different caller groups V oice dialing and voice commands for handsfree operation Ability to compose own ring tones with PC Su ite Software ⢠FIND INFORMAT ION ABOUT YOUR PHONE If you ever need to call Nokia Customer Care or your service pr ovider , you will need to p rovide specific in formation abou t your phone. This in formation is prov i ded on th e ph oneâÂÂs label. The label is on the back of the phone (under the bat tery). It shows th e followin g: Model number Phone type (a technical designation ) International Mobile Equ ipment Identification (IMEI) Do not remove or defa ce the label. ⢠C ONTACT N OK IA When you need help, Nokia Custom e r Car e can provide information about Nokia products. Have the right information available W e recommend that you have the following information ava ilable before you c ontact the Nokia Customer Care: ⢠The phoneâÂÂs model number (8390) ⢠Phone type (a technical designation ) ⢠T he IM EI ( ser ial nu mber ) ⢠Y our ZIP code
[ 7 ] W elcome 2 Have the phone or accessory handy Whe ther youâ re ca llin g abo ut y our p hone o r an ac ces sor y , have the equ ipme nt with you whe n you call. For example, if you âÂÂre calling about a headset, please have it available. If a Nokia representative asks a sp e cific question about the accessory , you will ha ve it available for quick reference. Nokia Cus tomer Care Ce nter , USA Cus tom er I nte rac tion Centre, Canad a Nokia Mobile Phones 7725 Woodlan d Cente r Boulevard, Suite #150 T ampa, Florida 336 14 Tel: 1-88 8- NOKIA -2U (1- 888-6 65 -4 228) F ax : 1 -8 1 3-24 9-96 19 TTY : 1-80 0- 24-NO KIA (TTY/TDD users only) (1- 800 -246 -6 542) Nokia Products Ltd. 60 1 Westne y Rd. Sout h Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 Tel: 1-90 5- 427-1 37 3 1-88 8- 22-NO KIA (1- 888-2 26 -6 542) F ax: 1-90 5- 427-10 7 0 W ebsite: www .nokia.ca
3 [ 8 ] 3 Before you begin Before you begin, you need to prepare your phone for use by ins tallin g the SIM card, charging the battery and attaching the headset. ⢠INSTA LL THE SIM CA RD Import ant: Switch off the phone befo re installing the SIM card. 1 With the back of the phone facing you, press and hold the back cover release button. 2 Slide the cov e r off. 3 Lift out the battery . 4 Grasp the f ront of the SIM card door . 5 Push th e SIM car d door gently towards the gold contacts. 6 Lift the SI M card door .
[ 9 ] Before you begin 3 7 Install the S IM card: beveled corner on the r ight, gold contact area face down. 8 Lower SIM card door an d gently slide to lock into place. Notes about SIM c ards ⢠K eep all miniature S IM card s out of the reach of small children . ⢠The SIM card and its contacts are easily damaged by scratches or bending, so be ca ref ul when handling, inserting, or removing the card. ⢠Y ou must remove the batt ery to acc ess the SIM card. Alway s make sure that the phone is switch ed off bef ore you r emove the battery . ⢠INSTA LL THE BATTERY 1 Place the battery in th e compartment with the labe l side facing up and the golden contact area aligned wi th the contact prongs. 2 Slide the battery into place. 3 Replace the back c over .
3 [ 1 0 ] ⢠CHARGE THE BATTERY 1 Connec t the lead from the c harger to the bottom of the phone. 2 Connec t the charger to a standard wall outlet. The battery powe r indicator (or ba ttery bar) appears on the screen and starts scrolling. If the phone is on , Char gin g appears al so. 3 When the battery bar stops scr olling, the bat te ry c harge is com pl ete. Ba ttery full appears also, if the phone is on. 4 Disconnect the charger from the phone and wall outlet. ⢠BATTERY NOTES Use the following guidelines to obta in the best performance from your battery: ⢠Recharge your batter y only with a charger approved by Nokia. ⢠With your ph on e turned off, charge your new battery for three hours before its first use. Use the battery until it is full y dischar ged. Repeat this procedure twice for a total of three ch arging cycles. ⢠Battery operation time may be l ess then the estim ated times during the first charges. This con dition is normal. ⢠When the ba ttery is fully disch arged, the scrolling bars may not appear immediately . ⢠After the f irst charge, you can m ake and receive calls during the charging cycle, but the cal ls interrupt the charge. When the phone call ends, the charge w ill resume. Battery bar
[ 1 1 ] Before you begin 3 ⢠The bars on the screen stop scr olling and r emain constant when th e phone is charged. If you leave the ph one connected to the charger , the battery r eceives an additional char ge . ⢠If the battery is com pletely empty , it may take a f ew minutes be fore you c an m ake or receive calls. ⢠The charging time depe nds on the ch arger and battery th at you use. ⢠The battery wil l take a âÂÂtrickle chargeâ for an additional two hours. For more details, see âÂÂBattery informationâ on pa ge 143. ⢠REMOVE THE BATTER Y If you purchase a n ew battery or need to access information on the phoneâÂÂs label, you may need to remove the batter y . Import ant: Switch off the phone before removing the battery . T o protect th e SIM card m emory , wait u ntil the phon e lights are of f bef ore r emovin g th e batt ery . Import ant: Do not puncture or burn the battery . Please recycle or dispose of proper ly . 1 With the back of the phone facing you, press and hold the back cover release button. 2 Slide the cov e r off. 3 Lift out the battery .
3 [ 12 ] ⢠SET UP YOUR HEADSET Y o ur p hone c ome s wi th a he ad se t y ou can use while talking on your phone. The headset provides convenien t handsfree use of the phone. Connect the headset 1 Plug the headset j ack into the bottom of you r phone. 2 Put the round ear plug into 1 ear . Use the headset With the headset con nected, you can m ake and answer calls as usu al, usin g the keypad to pr e ss and or to enter n umbers to call. The microphone for the headset hangs at the side of your head. Although the microphone may seem f ar fr om your m outh, you can speak at a normal volume. For more information about the headset, s ee âÂÂHeadset Kit (HDC-5)â on page 146.
[ 13 ] About your phone 4 4 About your phone ⢠K EYS AND FEAT URES Front 1 P ower key 2 Earpiece 3S c r e e n 4 Selection keys an d scroll keys 5 T alk key 6 End key 7 Number keys 8 Microphone Note: When any key is pressed, the keypad and screen lights stay on f or up to 15 seconds. Bottom Charger connection Headset/car kit/loopse t connection
4 [ 14 ] Left side and right si de Earpiece volume button s Back Back cover re lea se Infr aRed (IR) port
[ 15 ] About your phone 4 ⢠SWITCH ON YOUR PHONE ⢠Pre ss an d ho l d t he p owe r key fo r a fe w se cond s. The phone may ask for a P e rsonal Identity Number (PIN ) or a security code. See â Abou t secu rity codesâ on pa ge 87 fo r more inf orm ation. Note: Y our service provider supplies the PIN code. Wa r n i n g : Do not switch on the ph one when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠ABOUT THE AN TENN A Y our phone has a bu ilt-in antenna. As with any other radio transmitting device, do not touch the antenna unnecess arily when the ph one is switched on. Contact with the antenna affe cts call quality and may cause the phone to operate at a h igher power level t han needed . Not touching the antenna during a call optimizes the antenna performance and the talk-time of your phone . Normal position: Hold the phone as you w ould any other teleph one.
4 [ 16 ] ⢠ABOUT THE START SCREEN When you turn on you r phon e, the f irst scr een t hat appe ar s is th e Start scr een. In the middle of th e Start screen, you may see information indicating which wi r el e s s ne twork your phone use s. This information can vary between phones. O th e r in d ic at ors and icons appear on this Start screen and are described in the n ext section. ⢠ABOUT I NDI CATOR S AND I CON S On your phone, you have 2 types of identifiers: indicators and icons. Indicators Indicators show the status of something. The phone uses 3 types of indicators: ⢠Signal strength indicator: Shows the strength of the signal to your phone. ⢠Battery s trength indicator: Shows how much power is left in your phoneâÂÂs battery . ⢠V olume in dicator: Shows the earpiece volume level. Adjust the volume level w ith the earpiece volume buttons on the le ft side of the phone (see âÂÂAdjust the earpiece volume during a callâ on page 20).
[ 17 ] About your phone 4 Icons Icons are graphical representations of a specif ic item or situation . The following table sh ows examples and tells you what each icon indicates. Ico n Wha t it mean s Y ou have an active call. Indicates the curren t call. Indicates a ca ll on hold. Y ou ha ve 1 or m or e n ew vo ice mes sages . Y ou have 1 or more new text messages. If the icon is blinking, text message memory is full . K eyguard is on. Y our phone will not accept any key presses. The alar m clock is set . The Silent profile is selected. Incoming calls a re being forwarded to another number . Y ou have forwarded all voice calls received on line 1 . Y ou have forwarded all voice calls received on line 2 . Y ou have forwarded all voice calls received on line 1 and 2. The phone is r eady for you to enter a re sponse.
4 [ 18 ] The phone book e ntry is stored to th e SIM card. The Countdown timer is running in the background. The Stopwatch is r unning in the background. Y o u have a new fax mess ag e. Ico n Wha t it mean s
[ 19 ] Make and answer calls 5 5 Make and answer call s This chapter tells you how to make and receive ca lls and how to a djust certain options. ⢠MAKE A CALL Check the signal strength The signal indicator on the left side of your phoneâÂÂs screen shows the strength of the network radio signal. The indicator scrolls as the signal strength increases and decreases. To get the st ron gest signal, try moving your phone slightly . If youâÂÂre inside a bu ilding, move toward a window . Use the keypad 1 Enter the area code and phone nu mber . 2 Press . Hold the phone as you would any other telephone, with the antenna pointed up and over y our shoulder . Wa r n i n g : Do n ot switch on the phone when wir eless phone use is prohibited or wh en it may cause interference or danger . Use the phone book 1 Fr om th e Sta rt screen, press or and scroll to the number you want. 2 Press to make the call. Tip : T o skip ahead quickly in the li st, press the number key that matches th e first letter of the name .
5 [ 20 ] Adjust the earpiece volume during a call ⢠To increase the vol ume of a cal l, pre ss the top vo lume k ey . ⢠T o decrease th e volume, pr ess the bottom volume key . If an accessory wit h its own loud speaker is conne cted to you r phone, the volume keys adjust the volume for that a ccessory . ⢠END A CALL Press . ⢠ANSW ER A CAL L When someone calls you , the phone alerts you and Call ing fla shes on the screen . To answer , pre ss O R Press Optio ns , scroll to Answer cal l , then press Select . Caller ID This is a networ k service that helps identify incoming calls. Contact your service provider f or details. Whe n Cal ler I D is act ive, you r phon e may sho w the ca ller âÂÂs ph one num ber . The callerâÂÂs name may also appear , if their name and nu mber are s tored in the phone book (see âÂÂUse th e phone book â on page 39). ⢠REJECT A CALL Press OR Press Optio ns , scroll to De clin e cal l , then press Select . ⢠SILEN CE AN IN COMING CALL Y o u c an st o p th e ri ng fo r a n inc o mi ng ca ll by pre s si ng Silence . Th en, ans wer or reject th e call.
[ 2 1 ] Make and answer calls 5 ⢠REDIAL THE LAST -DIALED NUMBER Press twice. Dial any of the 20 last-dialed numbers 1 Press . 2 Scroll to the n umber you want to re dial. 3 Press again .
6 [ 22 ] 6 The menu Y our phone offers many f unctions that ar e grouped in menus and su bmenus. Access these menus with the selection keys and scroll keys, or by entering the appropriat e sh ortcut number . ⢠USE THE MENUS Selection keys Below the scre en, you will find 2 selection keys . Thei r f unction s depe nd on the te xt above the keys. For example , in th is screen, the word Men u appears above the selection key . Press the key to enter your phoneâÂÂs menus. Similarly , press the key under Names to access phone book functions. Scroll keys Use the scroll keys, located just below th e screen, to scroll through your phoneâÂÂs m enus and phone book.
[ 23 ] The m enu 6 Scroll bar While you u se your phoneâÂÂs menus, a scroll bar appears at the f ar right of the screen. Thi s bar indi cates wh ere yo u are in the m enu . Each numbe red âÂÂtabâ on the bar represents a differen t menu item. For example, pr ess Menu once. The scrol l bar appears with the fir st (top) tab displayed. A dif ferent tab appears each time you press or . Help text Many menu items have brief help text. To view the help text, scroll to the menu item and wait for about 15 seconds. Press More to s ee the next page of th e text or Back to exit. ⢠ABOUT ME NU S HOR TCU TS When you scroll to a m enu item, the m e n u n um ber app ears on the s cre en above the scro ll ba r . If you re me mber some of the se me nu num ber s, you can use them to access different features qu ickly instead of scrolling throug h the m enu. ⢠T o use a shortcut, press Menu , then the menu nu mbe r .
6 [ 24 ] ⢠LIST OF MENU SHORTCUTS Here is an abbr eviated list of menu items and their menu shortcuts. Later chapters tell you how to w ork with the m enus and explain th eir functions. Note: Some items may not appear due to the SIM card configu ration and service availability . Note: For access to th e Messa ges Menu, press Men u , then 0, then the m enu num ber( s). 1 Messag es 1W r i t e m e s s a g e 2 Inbox Note: If you do n ot have the chat feature, all options after 1-3 will be 1 level higher on th e menu structure. 3 Cha t 4 Outbox 5A r c h i v e 6T e m p l a t e s 7M y f o l d e r s 8 Era se messages 9 V o ice messa ges 1 Listen to voice messa ges 2 V o ice mailbox numbe r 1 0 Info m ess age s 1I n f o s e r v i c e 2 T opics 3L a n g u a g e 4 Info topics saved on SI M card 5R e a d 1 1 Service command editor
[ 25 ] The m enu 6 12 Message sett ings 1 Default profile (other sets may appear) 1 Mes sag e c ent er numb er 2 Messa ges se nt a s 3 M essage va lidity 4 Defa ult r ecipient n umb er 5 De livery repor ts 6U s e G P R S 7 Reply via s ame center 8 R ename sen ding prof ile (depends on SIM card configuration) 2C a l l l o g 1M i s s e d c a l l s 2 Receive d calls 3 D ia led numb er s 4 Clear ca ll lists 1A l l 2M i s s e d 3R e c e i v e d 4D i a l e d 5 Call t imers 1 Durat ion o f last ca ll 2 Durat ion o f dialed ca lls 3 Durat ion o f rece ived ca lls 4 Durat ion o f all c alls 5C l e a r t i m e r s 6 Call cos ts 1 Last call units 2 All ca lls unit s 3 Call cos t settings 7 GPRS data cou nter 1 Data sent in last session 2 Data receiv ed i n last se ssion 3 All sent data 4 All rec eive d data 5C l e a r c o u n t e r s
6 [ 26 ] 8 GPRS co nnect ion tim er 1 Durat ion o f last se ssion 2 Durat ion o f all s essions 3C l e a r t i m e r s 3P r o f i l e s 1N o r m a l 1S e l e c t 2C u s t o m i z e 1 R inging option s 2R i n g i n g t o n e 3 Ringing volume 4V i b r a t i n g a l e r t 5 Mess age a ler t ton e 6 K ey pad tones 7 W ar nin g t one s 8 Alert for 9 Prof ile name (appears only for Silent, Me eting, Outdoor or P ager) 3 Timed 2 Silen t 3M e e t i n g 4 Outdoor 5P a g e r 4 Setti ngs 1A l a r m c l o c k 2 Time settings 1C l o c k 2 Auto update of date and time
[ 27 ] The m enu 6 3 Call se ttings 1F o r w a r d i n g 1 F orward a ll voice calls 2 Forw ard if bu sy 3 For ward if not ans wer ed 4 Forw ard whe n phone off or no cove rage 5 Forwa rd when not able to take calls 6 Forwa rd all fax calls 7 F orward a ll da ta calls 8 C ancel a ll call forwa rding 2 Anykey a nswer 3A u t o m a t i c r e d i a l 4 1-touch dialin g 5 Call w aiting 6 Sum mary aft er ca ll 7 Send ow n caller ID 8 Line for outgoin g calls 4P h o n e s e t t i n g s 1L a n g u a g e 2 Cell info displa y 3 System select ion 4 Hel p tex t activ ation 5 Sta r t-u p to ne 5 T one s ettings 1 Ringing opt ions 2R i n g i n g t o n e 3 Ringin g volume 4V i b r a t i n g a l e r t 5 Mes sage a lert tone 6 Keypad to nes 7 W arni ng to nes 8 Alert for
6 [ 28 ] 6 Accessor y se ttings 1H e a d s e t 1 De fault pr ofile 2A u t o m a t i c a n s w e r 2 Hand s free 1 De fault pr ofile 2A u t o m a t i c a n s w e r 3 Lights 3 Loopset 1 U se loopset 2 De fault pr ofile 3A u t o m a t i c a n s w e r 7 GPRS modem settin gs 1 Active a ccess poi nt 2 Edit ac tive acce ss point 1 Alias for ac cess poin t 2 G PRS access point 8 Securit y settin gs 1 PIN code r equest 2 Call re strict ions 1 O utgoing calls 2 Inte rnationa l call s 3 Inte rnationa l c alls e xcept to hom e c ountry 4 In coming ca lls 5 In coming calls if roamin g 6 Cance l all c all re strictions 3 Fixed dia ling 4 Closed user group 5 Securit y leve l 6 Chang e acce ss codes 1 Chang e s ecurit y code 2 C hange PIN code 3 C hange PIN2 code 4 Chang e r estriction passw ord 9 R es tor e fa ct or y set tin gs
[ 29 ] The m enu 6 5G a m e s 1S e l e c t g a m e 1 Snowboardin g 2 Snake II 3 Bum per 4P a i r s I I 2 Set ti ngs 1G a m e s o u n d s 2 Game lights 3 Shake s 6C a l c u l a t o r 7 To-do li st 8C a l e n d a r 9I n f r a r e d 1 0 Extras 1 V o ice rec ord er 2 V o ice comma nds 3 Countdow n timer 4S t o p w a t c h
6 [ 30 ] 1 1 S e r v i c e s Note: The following men u items depend on network a vailability . Contact your service provider for more information a bo ut network fe atu re s. 1H o m e 2 Bookmarks 3 Ser vice inbox 4 Set ti ngs 1 Active service setting s 2 Ed it ac tive se rvi c e se ttin g s 1 Setti ngs na me 2H o m e p a g e 3 S ession mode 4C o n n e c t i o n s e c u r i t y 5 Data bearer 3 Appearance se ttings 1 Text wr apping 2S h o w i m a g e s 4 Cookie se ttings 1 C ookies 5 A utho ri ty cer tif ic ates 6 Service inbox settin gs 5 Go to address 6 Clear th e cache
[ 3 1 ] The m enu 6 12 S IM s er vic es Note: For av ailability , rates an d information on using SIM services, contact your SIM car d vendor , e.g. n etwor k operator , service prov i der or othe r vendor . ⢠PHONE B OOK MENU 1 For access to the phone book and i ts menus, press to retu rn to the Start sc reen. 2 Press Names . These options may be available, depending on your SIM card: Find Add entr y Edit name Erase Copy Add num b er Setti ngs Memory in use Ph one bo ok vi ew Memor y statu s 1-touch dialing Vo i c e t a g s Info numbers (depends on SIM card configuration) Service nos. Own nu mbers Ca ller group s
7 [ 32 ] 7 Enter l etters and num bers Y ou can e nter letters and numbe rs into your phone f or a personâÂÂs n ame and phone n umbe r , writing a text m essage, and so on. There are 2 ways to do this: ⢠ABC mode, for making e ntries in the phone book, en tering calendar notes, and renaming caller gr oups. ⢠Predictive text inpu t, for wr iting text messages, adding notes to a picture message, adding notes to the to-do list, and en tering a web address using W AP services. ⢠ABC MODE Y ou can us e the ABC mode to enter information in to the phone book. From the s tart sc reen, pres s Names , scroll to Add e n try , t hen pr es s Select . The Abc icon appears in the left cor ner as visual confirmation. Add letters 1 Find the key that has th e letter you want to enter . 2 Press th e key as m any time s as needed for the letter to appear on the sc reen. For example , to enter the name Zach: 3 Press OK . Press Z Press A Press C Press H
[ 33 ] Enter letters and numbe rs 7 Depending on the s e lected display language, the following c haracters may be available. Note: Some networ ks may not support all language-depen dent chara cters. Enter sp aces and punctuation ⢠T o enter a space, press once. ⢠T o enter punctuation, press repeate dly until the character you want a ppe ars. Erase mistakes If you make a mistake: â¢P r e s s Clea r to erase tha t character . â¢P r e s s Clea r as nee ded to erase more th an 1 ch aracter , or pres s and hold Cl ear to erase the e ntire field of characters . Change letter case T o switch between u ppercase and lowercase letters, press . The Abc icon switches to abc , showin g that you are using low ercase letters. Ke y Characters Ke y Characters 1 . , â ? ! @ â 1 - ( ) / : _ 7 PQRS7 2 AB C2 8 TUV 8 3 DEF3 9 WXY Z9 4 GHI4 0 space , 0 5 JKL 5 * (See page 34 for details.) 6 MN O6 # Changes letter case
7 [ 34 ] Enter n umbers To enter nu mbe rs, you c an: ⢠Press and hold to switch to 123 mode. Pr ess the appropriate number key to enter a number . OR ⢠While in ABC mode, press and hold th e corresponding numbe r key until the n umber appears. ⢠If you m ake a mistake , pr ess Clear to e ras e th e num b er . ⢠T o switch back to the ABC mode, press and hold aga in. Use special characters IN AB C MODE 1 Press . A screen appears with the following special characters available: . , â ? ! â - ( ) @ / : _ ; & % * = < > ã $ ÃÂ¥ ä [ ] { } \ ~ àá ÿ ç # | 2 Use scroll keys to select th e ch aracter you want, then press Inser t . IN 123 MODE Y ou can access the following s pecial characters on ly in 123 mode. There are 2 places you can use these cha racter s: ⢠At the Start screen, when you dial a phone number ⢠At the num be r prompt, when you a dd a new entry to th e phone book Pr es s to en ter * Press to enter Press to ente r p Press to enter w * Use this character to send comm and strings to th e network. Contact your service provider for details. Use this character as a pref ix for dialing international numbers. &
[ 35 ] Enter letters and numbe rs 7 p Use this character to create a pause t hat occurs wh en d ialing a num ber . Numbers en tered to the rig ht of th is special ch arac ter are automa tically se nt as t ou ch to ne s a fte r a 2. 5-s eco nd pa use. w This chara cte r cr e ates a wait; digits to the right of the w ar e not se nt until you pr ess Sen d . ⢠PREDICTIVE TEXT INPUT Predictive text inpu t allows you to write messages much f aster than the ABC mode. With predictive text input, you only need to press each n umbe r key once for each letter . Y our ph one uses a built-in dictionary to predict or guess what you are writing. Y ou can also add new wor ds to the dictionary . For example, to write â Nokiaâ with the En glish dictionary selected, pr ess: (for N ) (for o ) (for k ) (for i ) (f or a ) Since the displayed wor d changes after each key stroke, disregard the word until you h ave keyed in all the characters. Note: Predictive text input m ay not be available for a l l lan guages. Select a language and turn on predictive text 1 Press Menu , then press Sel ect . 2 Scroll to Write messages , th en pre ss Select . 3 Press Optio ns , scroll to Pred ict ive tex t , then pres s Select . 4 Scroll to the langua ge you want, the n press Select . The display shows the above words for e ach key pressed .
7 [ 36 ] T urn off predictiv e text ⢠T o switch from predictive text in put to ABC mode, repeat steps 1 - 3 abo ve , th en s ele ct Pred icti on o ff . OR ⢠While writing th e message, quickly press twice to switch between predictive text input and ABC mode. Tip : Y our key presses must be q uick! Press 2 tim es in about 1.5 s ec ond s. Write words using predictiv e text ⢠Press the number key that corr esponds to the letter you want to en ter . ⢠If the d isplayed word is correct, press to accept th e wor d and add a s pac e . ⢠If the displayed word is n ot correct, press to see the other possible matches. ⢠If the word you are trying to write is not in the dictionary , a question mark appears. ⢠T o see how many ch aracters you have left for your message, refer to the counter in th e upper right corner of the screen. ⢠Re fer to â Use pre dict ive text shor tcutsâ on page 37 for mo re details. Add a new word to the dictionary If the word you are trying to enter doe s not show up as a poss ible match, you c an add th e word to the diction ary . 1 Press repeatedly until Spell appears in pla ce of Opti ons . 2 Press Spell , th en en te r the wor d(s ) us ing AB C m ode . 3 Press Save to add th e word to the dictionary .
[ 37 ] Enter letters and numbe rs 7 Use predictiv e text shortc uts Press Menu 01 1 ( Messag es > Write message ) to write messages using the following shortc uts. - Use letter keys for word entry . Press each key only once for each letter . Press to view the nex t matching word if the u nderlined word is not the word you intende d. Spell Press to add a new w ord to the diction ary . Press once to accept a wo rd and add a space. Press and hold to enter a n umber . Press to change the character case. indicates uppercase. indicates lower case. Press twice to select predictive input or ABC mode. and indicate ABC mode. , an d indicate predictive text in put. Clear Press once to delete the character to the left of the curs or . Press once to add a punctuation mark. T o change th e underlined symbol, press repeatedly un til th e desired symbol appears. The maximum number of characters available appears in the top right corner of the screen and counts down for each char acter added. 160
7 [ 38 ] Insert symbols 1 Press and hold u ntil the symbol screen appears. OR Press Optio ns and scroll to Ins ert sy mb ol . 2 Scroll to the de sired symbol and pre ss Ins er t . Insert numbers 1 T o add a number to the message, pr ess and hold . 2 K ey in th e d esired number s, th en pres s and ho l d to retu rn to ABC mode. Writ e compound wo rds 1 Write the fi rst part of th e word and press to accept it. 2 Write the last part of the compound wor d and press to e nter the word in mem ory .
[ 39 ] Use the ph one book 8 8 Use the phone book Use the phone book to store names, e-mail addresses a nd phone numbers. ⢠A phone b ook entry can consist of a n umber only , a nam e and number , or a n ame only . ⢠Names are saved in th e phone book mem ory and/or SIM m emory . If you try to save a name that already exists, the phone asks if you want to r eplace the existing n ame. ⢠SAVE NAMES, NUMBERS , AND E- MAIL ADDRESSES Save a name, number , and e-mail address 1 Enter a phone number and press Opti on s . Note: For international dialing , see page 6 2. 2 Scroll to Save and press Select . 3 Enter a name, then pr ess OK . 4 Press Optio ns . 5 Scroll to Add d etail and press Select . 6 Scroll to E-mail and press Select . 7 Enter the e- mail address, then press OK . Note: All phone book e ntries that contain e-mail addresses are automatically sav ed in phone memory . E-mail addre sses can not be saved in SIM memory . Save a number only 1 Enter the phone number . 2 Press and ho l d Opti ons . The number is saved in your phone book. Y ou can add a name or e-mail address to it later .
8 [ 40 ] Save a name and number while in a call 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Ph one book , then pres s Select . 3 Scroll to Add ent ry , then pres s Select . 4 Enter the nam e, then pres s OK . 5 Enter the phone nu mber , then pr ess OK . Save an E-mail address 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Find , then pres s Select . The Name box appears. 3 Enter the name you want to add an e-mail address to and press Find . OR Press or to scroll through the name l ist u ntil you find the name. 4 Press Det ails , then press Opti on s . 5 Scroll to Add d etail , then press Sel e ct . 6 Scroll to E-mail and press Select . 7 Enter the e- mail address, then press OK . A confirmation message appears. If your phone book is full If your phone book is full, you can save the phone number to another memory or r eplace an existing entry .
[ 4 1 ] Use the ph one book 8 ⢠FIND NAMES IN THE PHONE BOOK At the Start screen â¢P r e s s o r . OR â¢P r e s s Names . Find appears highlighted. ⢠Press the number key(s) that match( e s) th e first letter(s) of the name. While in a call 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Ph one book and press Select . Find is highlighted. 3 Press the number key(s) that match( es) the first letter(s ) of the name. OR 4 Press Select . 5 When the box appears, enter the name and press Find . Y ou ca n e nter just the first few letters of th e name, then press Find . Y o ur ph one will show the clos est matching name. ⢠E DIT NAM ES 1 At the Start scr een, r ecall the s tored name, press Det ails , then press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Edit name , the n pres s Select . 3 Edit the nam e, then pres s OK .
8 [ 42 ] ⢠E DIT NUM BERS 1 At the Start scr een, r ecall the s tored name, press Det ails , then press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Edit number , then pres s Select . 3 E dit th e num b er , t hen pr es s OK . ⢠ERASE NAMES AND NUMBERS Erase a stor ed number At the Start scr een: 1 Recall a stored name. 2 Press Det ails , then Opti ons . 3 Highlight Erase num ber , then pres s Select , the n OK . Y ou can then add a different phone number for the name or you can erase the na me . Caution: Y ou cannot u ndo Erase functions, so be careful! Erase your entire phone book Cautio n: This f eature erases your entire phone book and canâ t be undo ne! 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Erase and pr ess Select . 3 Scroll to Erase all and press Select . 4 Scroll to the memory (Phone or SIM card) you wa nt to erase, then press Erase . 5 When y ou see Are you su re? , press OK . 6 When the Se cu rit y co de : prompt appears, enter your security code and press OK .
[ 43 ] Use the ph one book 8 ⢠AB OUT PHON E BOOK MEMO RY Y our p hone ha s 2 types of memory: in ternal m emory and S IM card memory . Y ou can sa ve names and number s in either m emory . Th e intern al ph one memo ry ca n sto re u p t o 500 n ame s a nd nu mbe rs . The a mou nt of names and numbers you can st ore in SIM card memory is dependent on SIM card capacity . Please check with your SIM card provider or car rier . Switch between internal memory and SIM memory 1 At the Start sc reen, press Names . 2 Scroll to Settin gs , then press Select . 3 Scroll to Memory in use , t hen pr es s Select . 4 Scroll to SIM card , Pho ne or Ph one and SI M then press Select .
9 [ 44 ] 9 Check ca ll history Y our phone provides a call log that registers information about calls you make and r eceive. The call log kee ps track of the f ollowing: ⢠Missed c alls. ⢠Numbe rs from whi ch you âÂÂve re cei v ed calls. ⢠Numbers youâÂÂve dialed. ⢠Th e am ount of time y ouâ ve s pen t on ca lls. ⢠The amount of data s ent and r e ceived over G PRS. ⢠The amount of time youâÂÂve spent onli ne for data transfers over GPRS Note: The actual invoice for calls and services from your service provider may vary , depending upon network features, rounding-off for billing, taxes, and so forth. ⢠CHECK DIALED CAL LS Y our phone saves the last 20 numbers youâÂÂve di aled. 1 Press Menu 2 3 ( Cal l log > Dial ed numbers ). 2 Scroll to the n umber you want to see. 3 T o dial the n umber , pr ess ; for othe r options, press Opti ons (see âÂÂChoose options in call listsâ on page 46). ⢠C HECK RE CEIVED C ALLS Y our phone saves the phone n umbers of the 1 0 most recent calls youâÂÂve answered, if the ca lle râÂÂs number w as available. 1 Press Menu 2 2 ( Call log > Recei ved calls ). 2 Scroll to the n umber you want to see. 3 T o dial the n umber , pr ess ; for othe r options, press Opti ons (see âÂÂChoose options in call listsâ on page 46).
[ 45 ] Check call history 9 ⢠CHECK FOR MISSED CALLS Y our ph one saves the n umbers and names (if availab le) of the last 1 0 calle rs that have tried unsuccessfully to reach you. The screen tells you how many calls were missed. If the callerâÂÂs name and number are stored in memory , that information appears on the scre en. After missing a call 1 Press List . If you have missed more than 1 call, you can scroll through the list of numb ers . 2 T o dial the displayed n umber , p ress . 3 For other options, press Opti ons . 4 T o ex it, press Exit . At any time 1 Press Menu 2 1 ( Cal l log > Mi sse d calls ). 2 Scroll to the n umber you want to see. 3 T o dial th e num ber , pr ess . 4 For other options, press Opti ons .
9 [ 46 ] ⢠CHOOSE OPTIONS IN CALL LISTS When you view th e missed calls, received calls, or dialed calls list and press Optio ns , the followin g choices appear on your phoneâÂÂs scr een. Cho ice What it does Cal l t i me Shows the date and time of the last call. Use the scroll keys to view up to 5 recent call dates/time for the displayed phone number . Send messag e Allows you to write a sho rt text message to the person who called you. View numbe r Displays the phone number if the callerâÂÂs n ame is stored in the phone book. Edit numbe r Allows you to edit the displayed nu mber and save it with a name to your phone book. Save Al lows you to ente r a name fo r the num ber and save both to your ph one book. Add to name Allows you to save a numbe r to an existing name in the phone book. Not a vailable when viewing only n umbe rs saved to SI M card. Erase Allows you to dele te the n umber f rom the call list. Cal l Allows you to call th e number .
[ 47 ] Check call history 9 ⢠CLE AR CA LL LIS TS This feature clears all the missed, r eceived, and dialed call lists . Cautio n: Y ou cannot undo this ope ration. 1 Press Menu 2 4 ( Cal l log > Cl ear call li sts ). 2 Scroll to All , Missed , Rec eive d , or Dial ed , then pres s Select . ⢠USE CALL TIMERS Y our phone automatically tracks the amou nt of time youâÂÂve spent on calls. If you have 2 phone lines If you su bscribe to a secon d phone line (see â Wor k with 2 phone linesâ on page 65), ca l l timer s are separate for each phone line. When you v iew call timers , the call timer s tha t are s hown are for th e curr ently s elected outgoing line. However , if you view call timers while you are in a call, the call timers that are sho wn are for the line you are using at that moment. View the call duration 1 Press Menu 2 5 ( Cal l log > Cal l tim ers ). 2 Scroll to Dur ati on of l a st ca l l , Durat ion of di ale d c alls, Durat io n of receive d call s , or Durati on of all c alls . Clear call timers 1 Press Menu 2 5 ( Cal l log > Cal l tim ers ). 2 Scroll to Cle ar ti mers , the n pres s Select . 3 Enter your security code, then pr ess OK . Show call timer after call Y our phone can display the time spent on a call af ter you end the call. This feature is called Summar y after call .
9 [ 48 ] T URN ON SU MMARY AFT ER CALL 1 Press Menu 4 3 6 ( Setting s > Ca ll set tin gs > Summary af ter c all ). 2 Scroll to On , then press Select . 3 After you end a call, t he total time f or that call appear s briefly on the sc reen. T URN OFF SUM MARY AFT ER CALL 1 Press Menu 4 3 6 ( Setting s > Ca ll set tin gs > Summary af ter c all ). 2 Scroll to Off , then pres s Select . ⢠MANAGE CALL CO STS This network service allows you to check call costs. Y ou can view the last call cost, or the total cost of all calls made or r eceived since the cou nters were res et. Vie w call cos ts 1 Press Menu 2 6 ( Cal l log > Cal l costs ). 2 Scroll to Last call units (cost of las t call, or current call if applicable) or All call s uni ts (cost of all calls since counter s were last reset). Clear call cost counters 1 Press Menu 2 6 3 ( Call log > Call cos ts > Ca ll c ost s ett ing s ). 2 Scroll to Clear co unters , t hen pr e ss Select . 3 Enter your PI N2 code, then press OK . S e e âÂÂA bou t sec ur it y c ode sâ on page 8 7. Show costs in units or curren cy This feat u re allows you to choose either units or currency when the phone shows call costs. ⢠Y ou ne ed a PIN2 code f or this feature. For more info rmation, see â Abou t secu rity codesâ on pa ge 87. ⢠If you choose charging units, contact you r wireless service provider for info rmation abou t the cost of a char ging unit.
[ 49 ] Check call history 9 ⢠This feature appears only if suppo rted by your service provider and SIM card. 1 Press Menu 2 6 3 ( Call log > Call cos ts > Ca ll c ost s ett ing s ). 2 Scroll to Show cos ts , then pres s Select . 3 Enter your PI N2 code, then press OK . 4 Scroll to Curre ncy or Units , t hen pr e ss Select . 5 If you select Currency : Y our phone prompts you t o enter a ho me unit price and a curren cy na me. If you select Units : ⢠A confirmation note appears. ⢠If you chose units, call cost s and call cos t limits are measu red in charging units as agreed to by your serv ice provider . Limit your call costs This feature allows you to set a limit for the cost of calls if this function is included in the S IM ca rd. T he functionality may vary depending on the network. When the limit you set is reached, no ca ll s can be ma de except for emergency calls. SET A LI MIT 1 Press Menu 2 6 3 ( Call log > Call costs > Cal l cost setti ngs ). 2 Scroll to Call cost limi t and press Select . 3 Enter your PI N2 code (see âÂÂA bout secu rity codesâ on page 87), then press OK . 4 Scroll to Set , then press OK . 5 Enter the n umber of charging units or cu rrency , then press OK . Tip : Press # to in sert a decimal point. The number of remain ing units is shown wh en the scree n is clear .
9 [ 50 ] REM O VE A LI MI T 1 Follow steps 1 and 2 above. 2 Scroll to Off , then pres s OK . ⢠CHECK DATA CALLS In addition to keepi ng track of voice calls, your phoneâÂÂs call log records info rmation abou t data calls. Y ou can check th e amount of data tran sferred over the ne twork via GPRS. Y ou can also keep track of h ow much time you spend online. Check the data counter Note: All data cou nters are displayed in bytes. 1 Press Menu 2 7 ( Cal l log > GP RS data counter ). 2 Scroll to the inf ormation you are inter ested in viewin g. Y our op tions include the f ollowing: ⢠Da ta sent in last sess ion ⢠Data received in last session ⢠All sent data ⢠All received data Clear the data counter 1 Press Menu 2 7 ( Cal l log > GP RS data counter ). 2 Scroll to Clear counters , then press Select . 3 Enter your security code, then pr ess OK .
[ 5 1 ] Check call history 9 Check the connection timer Note: The time is displayed in hours:minutes: seconds format. 1 Press Menu 2 8 ( C all lo g > GPRS connection ti mer ). 2 Scroll to the in formation you are interested in viewing. Y our op tions include the following: ⢠Duration of last session ⢠Duration of all sessions Clear the connection timer 1 Press Menu 2 8 ( C all lo g > GPRS connection ti mer ). 2 Scroll to Cle ar ti mers and pres s Sel ect . 3 Enter your security code, then pr ess OK .
10 [ 52 ] 1 0 Advanced calling features ⢠ACTIVE CALL OPTIONS Use call waiting This network service lets you receive an incoming call when youâÂÂre already in a call. ( Contact your s e rvice provider f o r a vailability .) The phone beeps to let you know of the incoming c all. ACTI VATE/CANC EL CALL WAITI NG 1 Press Menu 4 3 5 ( Setting s > Cal l set ti ngs > Cal l wa iting ). 2 Scroll to Activat e or Cancel . 3 Press Select . CON FIRM CAL L W AIT ING S TATU S 1 Press Menu 4 3 5 ( Setting s > Cal l set ti ngs > Cal l wa iting ). 2 Scroll to Check status and press Select . ANSWER A WAI TING CA LL 1 Y our phone signals when you have a call waiting. 2 Press to put the current call on hold and an swer the waiting call . OR Press Answer . RE JECT A W AIT ING C ALL Y ou can ju st let the phone ring, or f ollow the steps b elow . 1 Press Optio ns and scroll to Decli ne call . 2 Press Select . SW ITCH BE T WEE N CAL LS Press or Swap . The icon represents the active call and the icon represents the call on hold.
[ 53 ] A dvanced callin g features 10 END THE AC TIVE CALL Press . The held c all become s a ctive. OR 1 Press Optio ns and scroll to End call . 2 Press Select . TH IRD C ALL WAIT ING If you have both an active and a held call and a third call is waiting, follow the following st eps to answer th e third call and end the other calls. END THE ACTI VE CAL L AN D HELD CALL TO A NSWE R THE WA ITING CA LL 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to End all call s . 3 Press Select . 4 Press to answer the third call. Use in-call op tions During a ca ll, press Opt ions to s e e the I n-call menu. Y our choices are: Cho ice What i t does Reco rd Allows you to record the active call. For more information, see â Record a ph one conversationâ on page 6 6. End call Ends current call. New call Makes a call when you h ave a call in progress. T ouch tones Sen ds t ouc h tone s. Ph one bo ok Switches you to the phone book. Menu Switches you to the menu. Mute Mutes a call. Hold Holds or releases a ca ll.
10 [ 54 ] Put a call on hold 1 T o put a call on hold, press Hold . 2 T o return to the call, press Unhold . Make a new call 1 Enter the second phone number , or recall it from the ph one book. 2 Press . OR 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to New call , t hen pr e ss Select . 3 Enter the second phone number , or recall it from the ph one book. 4 Press Call . With either me thod, the fi rst call is automatically put on h old. SWITCH BETWEEN 2 CALLS IN PRO GRESS Press or Swap . The icon represents the active call and the icon re presents the ca ll on hold. END THE AC TIVE CALL Press . The held c all become s th e active call. Send touch tones When you p ress the keys during a call, your phone gen erates sounds known as touch tones. Use tou ch tones to access many automated, over- the-phone services such as voice mail, checking airline arrival/departure times, and bank balances. Note: Y ou must be on an active call to send touch tones.
[ 55 ] A dvanced callin g features 10 SAVE TOU CH TONE STRI NGS Store touch tone strings the same way you save phone numbers (see âÂÂSave names, numbers, and e-mail addressesâ on page 39 ). For fr eque ntly us ed st ring s of n umber s , you can save a n entire sequence of digits in your ph one book and send it as a touch tone string. SEND A TO UCH TONE STRING 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to T ouch tones and press Select . 3 Ent er a t ouch t one str ing or r ecal l a tou ch t one st rin g fr om the ph one book and press OK . End all calls 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to End all call s , t hen pr e ss Select . Access the phone book Y ou can access the phone book wh ile in a call. This option appears in the m enu as Ph one book . 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Ph one book and press Select . Now your ph one book functions are available. See âÂÂUse the phone bo okâ on page 39. Access menus Scroll to Menu and press Select to access any of your phoneâÂÂs menus. Mute/unmute the m icrophone Y ou can m ute and unmute your ph oneâÂÂs microphone w hile a call is in progress. The differe nce between mut e and hol d is that mute lets you hear the other caller . 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Mute , th en pre ss Select .
10 [ 56 ] 3 T o un mute th e micr ophone, p ress Unmute . Muting and unmuting also affects the microphones of any accessories connected to the ph one. Make a conference call This network service allows y ou to make conference calls with your phone. Check with your ser vice provider f or details. 1 Place a call to the first person. 2 Press Optio ns and scroll to New call . 3 Press Select , recall or dial the number of the next party you want to include, then pr ess Cal l . 4 After the other party answers, press Opti on s . 5 Scroll to Confer ence , t hen pr e ss Select . 6 T o add other parties to the call, r epeat steps 2 - 5. 7 T o en d the con ference call, pre ss . HAVE A PRI VATE CONVERSATI ON WITH A P ARTICIPANT 1 While in a con ference call, pre ss Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Priv ate ca ll , th en pre ss Select . A list of the participants appears as Cal l 1 , Cal l 2 , etc. 3 Scroll to the pe rson you want to speak with, the n press OK . The other participants can continue talking with each oth er . 4 T o rejoin the conference call, pr ess Opti ons . 5 Scroll to Confer ence , t hen pr e ss Select . DROP A P ARTICIPANT FRO M THE CONFERENCE CAL L 1 While in a con ference call, pre ss Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Priv ate ca ll , th en pre ss Select . A list of the participants appears as Cal l 1 , Cal l 2 , etc.
[ 57 ] A dvanced callin g features 10 3 Scroll to the pe rson you want to drop, then pr ess OK . The other participants can continue talking with e ach other . 4 Press Optio ns . 5 Scroll to End call , then press Sel e ct . T ransfer a call When you have 1 active and 1 held call, you can connect the 2 calls and disconnect you rself from the call. Note: Y our network must support this feature. Contact your service provider for availability . During a ca ll, press Opti on s , scroll to T ransf er c alls , then pr ess Select . ⢠USE CALL FORWAR DING This network service lets you forward your incoming calls to another phone n umber . Note: If you subscribe to a second phone line, call forwarding works separate ly for e ach line. Ma ke sure you have sele cted the line you wan t before you s et up any call forwarding. The followin g icons appear on your phoneâÂÂs scr een: Incoming voice calls are being for warded to another number . Y ou have forwar ded all voice ca lls that are received on line 1 . Y ou have forwar ded all voice ca lls that are received on line 2 . Y ou have forwarded all voice calls t hat are received on lines 1 an d 2 . Activate c all forwarding Note: Y ou can forward calls to your voice m ailbox or to another phone number . For in structions on setting up your voice mailbox, see âÂÂSave th e voice mailbox numberâ on page 65.
10 [ 58 ] 1 Press Menu 4 3 1 ( Settin gs > Call setti ngs > Forwarding ). Scrol l to one of the followin g option s: ⢠Forward all voice calls ⢠Forward if busy ⢠Forward if not answe red ⢠Forward w hen phone off or n o coverage ⢠Forward when n ot able to take calls ⢠Forward all fax calls ⢠Forward all data calls ⢠Cancel all call forwarding 2 Press Select . 3 Acti vate is highlighted; press Select . 4 Select To v o i c e m a i l b. OR Select T o other no . 5 If you choose T o other no. , enter the ph one nu mbe r to wh ich you want to forward calls, then press OK . Y ou ca n pre ss Number to see if you e ntered the phone numb er correctly . Cancel all call forwarding 1 Press Menu 4 3 1 ( Setting s > Cal l set ti ngs > Forwarding ). 2 Scroll to Cancel all c all fo rwardi ng and press Select . Note: Canceling all call forwa rding may also cancel any a utomatic forwarding of ca lls to voice mail that your service provider has activated for y ou. Also, this o ption m ay cancel yo ur call forwarding service. Contact your ser vice provider f or details.
[ 59 ] A dvanced callin g features 10 Cancel a call forwarding option 1 Press Menu 4 3 ( Setti ngs > Ca ll sett ings ). 2 Press Select . 3 Scroll to the call f orwarding option you want to cancel, then press Select . 4 Scroll to Cancel , then pres s Select . Check call forwarding sta tus 1 Press Menu 4 3 1 ( Settin gs > Call sett ings > Forwa rding ). 2 Scroll to the call f orwarding option you want to check, press Select . 3 Scroll to Check status , then press Select . Note: Status is not available for Forward when not able to take calls . T o see the phone n umber wh ere th e calls are being f orwarded, pr ess Number . ⢠USE ANYKEY ANSWER This feature allows you to press any key to answer an incoming call. Note: Anykey answer does NO T wor k with th e P owe r b utt on, , or (left and right selection keys). T urn on Anykey answer 1 Press Menu 4 3 2 ( Setting s > Cal l setti ngs > Anyke y answer ). 2 Scroll to On and press Select . T urn off Anykey answer 1 Press Menu 4 3 2 ( Setting s > Cal l setti ngs > Anyke y answer ). 2 Scroll to Off and press Select .
10 [ 60 ] ⢠USE AUT OMATIC REDIA L This feature redials the number y ouâÂÂr e trying to call up to 1 0 times. Note: Au tomatic redial will not work whi le you make or answer another ca ll. Activate automatic re dial 1 Press Menu 4 3 3 ( Setting s > Cal l set ti ngs > Auto matic redi al ). 2 Scroll to On , then press Select . 3 Press and ho l d Back to r eturn to th e Start screen. If the number you dial is bu sy , your phone immediately redials the number . If it is s till bu sy , your phone will redial the number up to 9 more times. ⢠SEND YO UR OWN NUMBER IN CALLER ID Y o u can d etermi ne, for eac h c all yo u make, whet her your te le phone n umber appears on another phoneâÂÂs caller I D. In m ost se rvice area s, w hen you call othe rs, your na me is pr esen ted to their caller ID (if they subscribe to this service). Wi th Send ow n caller ID , you can block or send the display of your number when you make a call. Note: Thi s f eat ure may not be available in all wireless systems. Contact your ser vice provider for details a nd availability . Als o note that this feature is ef fective only when you call a number that is equipped w ith caller I D. 1 Press Menu 4 3 7 ( Setting s > Cal l set ti ngs > Sen d own caller ID ). 2 Chose one of the followin g options: ⢠Def ault : your phon e number is sent according to th e network. ⢠Ye s : your ph one nu mber is se nt to the other personâÂÂs caller ID. ⢠No : your ph one n u mber is n ot sent to the oth er personâÂÂs caller ID.
[ 6 1 ] A dvanced callin g features 10 ⢠USE 1-TOUCH D IALING Assign a na me and number to a 1-touch dialing location so that when you press this key , the ph one automatically dials th e associated number . K ey 1 is used to access your voice mail. Check with your service provi der for details. Al so, any key can be set up to dial emerge ncy numbers such as 9 1 1 . Assign a number to a 1-touch dialing key 1 Press Names and scroll to 1-touch dialing . 2 Press Select . 2 (em p ty) ap pe ars . If Assig n appears, K e y 2 does not have a phone n umber assigned to it. If Opti ons appears, then th e number shown is as signed to K ey 2. 3 Press Assign . En ter a phon e nu mb er OR Press Find . Scroll to the ph one book entry you want, then press Select twice. Activate 1-touch dialing 1 Press Menu 4 3 4 ( Setting s > Cal l set ti ngs > 1-touch dial ing ). 2 Scroll to On , then press Select . Call a 1-touch dial number From the Start screen, press and hold the appr opriate key , or press the key then pr ess . The phone dials the number . 1-TO UCH DIAL ING FOR KEY 1 ⢠If your phone is set up for voice mail, you can pre ss and hold and your phone dials you r voice mailbox . ⢠If yo u assign a 1-touch numbe r to ke y 1, p ress , t hen press . The phone dials the 1-touch number .
10 [ 62 ] Change 1-touch d ialing numbers 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to 1-touch dialin g and press Select . 3 Scroll to the key that you want to change, and press Opti on s . 4 Scroll to Change and press Select . 5 Enter a phone number , then pr ess OK . OR Press Find to r ecall the number from your ph one book. 6 Enter a name, then pr ess OK . Erase 1-touch dialing numbers 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to 1-touch dialin g and press Select . 3 Scroll to the key that you want to er ase and press Opti ons . 4 Scroll to Erase and press Select . 5 Press OK to confirm. ⢠MAKE AN INTERNATIONAL C A L L 1 Press twice t o enter the international dialing prefix ( ) . 2 Enter the countr y code, area code, and phone number , and press .
[ 63 ] A dvanced callin g features 10 ⢠USE THE PHONE BOOK T o use phone bo ok menus, begin at the Start screen and press Name s . Then, scroll through th e menus to sele ct a particular menu or option. Opti on Acti on Find Searches for a specific nam e. Add en try Ent er s a ne w name an d numb er . Edit name Allows you to change a name. Erase Era ses na me s/num be rs . Y o u ca n choo se to erase individual names/numbers, or you can erase all information at on e time. Copy Copies names/numbers between your phone and SIM card. Add num b er Allows you to enter more th an one number per name. Setti ngs Choo ses the memor y s ourc e (SIM car d or inte rnal ), phone book view , and shows th e memory status. 1-touch dialing Allows you to assigns a 1-touch dial location to the name. Refer to â Use 1-touch dialingâ on page 6 1 for more information. Vo i c e t a g s Programs voice-activ ated dialing Info numbers If your SIM card and network ser vice supports this fe atu re , you can a cce ss se rvi ce nu mbe rs on di ffe rent topics, such as weather and e ntertainment. Service nos. Includes phone number for ser vice call. Own nu mbers Allows you to view your phone nu mber . Ca ller group s Renames or changes th e ringing tone for a caller group.
11 [ 64 ] 1 1 Use voice features The voice features in your phone make communication more convenient. Y ou can check messages from friends o r business associates, record a voice memo, and use voice diali ng and voice comm ands for ha ndsfree op eratio n. ⢠ABOUT VOICE MAIL V oice mail is a network feature that allow s callers to leave a voice message for you when you are not able to take the call. T o use voice mail, you must have: ⢠A voice mail subscr ip tion ⢠A voice ma ilbox number ⢠A temporar y password These items are assigned by your service provider . Y our service provider should also tell you how to recor d a greeting f or your voice ma ilbox and how to change the temporary password. After you obtain this information from your service pr ovider , you must then save the voice mailbox number to your phone. V oice mail indicators When you receive a voice message, your phone le ts you know by beeping, displaying an icon on the screen , or showing a text message. The method of notification depends upon your carrier . Additionally , if y ou receive more than 1 voice mail message, your phone may display the number of messages that you have received. Fin ally , if you subscribe to 2 different phone lin es, the message would indicate the line to which the message was addressed. Note: If you h ave difficulty using th e voice mail f eature, contact your service pr ovider .
[ 65 ] Use voice f eatures 11 ⢠SAVE THE VOICE MAILBOX NUMBER 1 Press Menu 01 9 2 ( Messag es > Vo i c e messag es > Vo i c e mailbox numbe r ). 2 Enter your voice m ailbox number , then press OK . W ork with 2 phone lines If your particular SIM car d supports it, your phone can have 2 phone lines. Y our service provider can tell you if your SIM car d allows the use of this feature and can give you access to 2 phone lines. If you decide to u se 2 phone l ines, you can select 1 of th e 2 lin es for outgoing calls, but you can still an swer calls on both lines. If you use 2 phone lines, you wi ll be given a voice ma ilbox number for each line. Y o u need to save each phone lineâÂÂs voice mailbox number separately . T o do this, first select the outgoing line and save its v oice mailbox num ber . Then, select the other line and save its n umber . ⢠LISTEN TO YOUR VOICE MES SAGES If thereâÂÂs a notification message on your screen, you can get your voice messages using one of the f ollowing methods: ⢠If youâÂÂve saved you r voice mai lbox number in your phone, press and hold to call your voice m ailbox. ⢠Press to call your voice m ailbox and f ollow the d irections provided. ⢠Call your voice m ailbox number as you would any othe r telephone number , then follow the directions provided. ⢠USE THE VOICE RE CORDER Y ou ca n use the voice re corder fea ture wh en you want to recor d person al notes or reminders, or when you want to r ecord an active phone conversation.
11 [ 66 ] Reco rd a me mo 1 Press Menu 10 1 ( Extras > V oi ce re co rder ). 2 T o begin r ecording, scroll to Reco rd , then press Select . 3 Clearl y state your n ote. Whe n you ar e finish ed, p ress Stop . When Title : appear s, enter a n ame and press OK to sa ve it. Record ing sa ved appears on the screen. If you do n ot want to save th e recording, then follow these steps: 1 Press Clea r to era se the n ame. Then pre ss Back . 2 Recording will no t be saved. Continue? appears on the sc ree n. Press OK . Record a phone conv ersation Note: Obey all local laws governing re cordin g of ca l ls. Do not use this feature illegally . 1 Place the call. 2 While in th e call, press Opti ons . 3 Scroll to Reco rd , then pres s Select . While you are r ecording, the screen shows the amount of time le ft. 4 When you are fin ished, pre ss Stop . 5 Record ing saved appears on the screen, and the conversation is automatically saved under th e name âÂÂRecording. â Y o u can edit the name la ter . Listen to or edit a memo 1 T o listen to or edit a r ecorded memo, press Menu 1 0 1 2 ( Extras > V oice re cor der > Reco rdi ngs list ), then press Opti ons . 2 Scroll to one of the followin g options: ⢠Select Play back to listen to the memo.
[ 67 ] Use voice f eatures 11 ⢠Select Edit title to change the name of a memo. Enter the new name and press OK . ⢠Select Er as e to dele te the m emo. Set an alarm Y ou can se t an alar m for a voice memo as a remind er to yo ursel f. Note: V oice memo alar ms are played only when the ph one is on. There is n o snooze fu nction. 1 Press Menu 10 1 2 ( Extras > V oic e rec ord er > Reco rdi ngs list ). If you ha ve more th an 1 voice memo recor ded, scroll th rough the recording list to find th e memo you want. 2 Press Optio ns . Scroll to Add alarm and press Select . 3 Enter the date and time for the alarm, then press OK . Alarm added ap p ear s o n the s cre en. Notes about voice memos ⢠Y ou have abou t 180 seconds, bu t the maximum length of th e memo depends on a vailable memory . ⢠There ar e 3 audi o cues to indi cate the reco rding st atu s to both parti es in an acti ve phone conv ersation. The start tone pl ays when recording begin s. A recor ding ton e play s every 5 seconds while the co nversat ion is bein g record ed. An endin g tone s ignals th e end of the reco rding. ⢠When the recording tone starts to b eep every 2 seconds, you on ly have 1 0 seconds left for your voice memo. ⢠If the m emory is fu ll when you try to r ecord a ne w voice memo, No space for n ew r ecord ing appears on the screen. Y ou have th e choice to erase an e xistin g vo ice m emo to free up sp ace f or t he new rec ording . ⢠If you are recording an active phone conversation an d you receive a call on your second phone l ine, the voice memo ends and is saved automatically .
11 [ 68 ] ⢠USE VOICE DIALING Y our phone âÂÂs voice dialing feature allow s handsfree operation while you place a call. Bef ore using this feature, you need to create e ntries in the phone book so you can associate a "voice tag" with a name and numbe r . Add a voice t a g to a phone book entry T o cre ate entri es in the ph one book, see âÂÂS ave nam es, number s, and e-mail addresses â on page 39. 1 At the Start scr een, sc roll to th e name you wan t to give a voice tag. 2 Press Det ails , then Opti ons , and scr oll to Add voi ce tag . 3 Press Select . The phone displays Press S tart, then sp eak after to ne . 4 Press Start . Y ou will h ear several beeps, and Pl eas e sp eak no w appears. If youâ re using the headset, release th e button. 5 Speak clearly into the microphone. Note: Do NO T press Quit unless you wan t to cancel the recording. The phone automatically stops recording, then saves and replays the voice tag. If the r ecording is not successful, your phone displays an er ror message. Press Optio ns , scroll to Add v oice tag , and repeat steps 3 - 5. Wa r n i n g : Do n ot rely only on a voice tag for dialing emergency numbers. In emergencies, stress causes changes in your voice, which may keep the phon e from recognizing the command.
[ 69 ] Use voice f eatures 11 About voice tags Before using voice dia l ing, note that: ⢠V oice tags are not language depen dent. They ar e depende nt on the sp eak e râÂÂs vo ice . ⢠V oice tags ar e sensitive to background noise. Recor d th e m and make calls in a quiet environment. ⢠When r ecording a voice ta g or making a call by saving a voice tag, hold the phon e in the n ormal position near to you r ear . ⢠V e ry short n ames are not accepted. Use long n ames and avoid s imilar name s for dif fe rent num ber s. ⢠Y o u canno t use the voic e tag or voi ce di aling featu re if you are activ ely sending or receivin g data using the GPR S connection. Note: Y ou must say the name e xactly as you said it wh en you recorded it. Th is may be difficult in, for example, a n oisy environment or during an e mergency , so you should not r ely solely upon voice dialing in a ll circumstances. Make a call using voice recognition 1 Press and ho l d Names OR Press and hold the volume down key on the side of the phone. When you hear s everal beeps and Please sp eak now appears, release the button. 2 Pronounce the voice tag clearly into the microphone. Searching appears. When the ph one finds th e voice tag, Found appear s, and the phone auto matically dia ls the number . If the ph one does n ot locate a number , No match found appears. If youâÂÂre usin g the headset and the ph one does not locate the number , you will hear an erro r tone an d No match found appears. To start voice dialing again, press and hold th e headset button imme diately after the error ton e.
11 [ 7 0 ] Listen to a voice tag 1 Press Names and scroll to Vo i c e t a g s . 2 Press Select , then scrol l to the n ame with the voice tag you want to hear . 3 Press Optio ns , scroll to Pla ybac k , and press Select . Change a voice tag 1 Press Names and scroll to Vo i c e t a g s . 2 Press Select , then scrol l to the n ame with the voice tag you want to change. 3 Press Optio ns , scroll to Change, and press Sel ect . The phone displays Pres s St ar t, th e n spe ak afte r ton e . 4 Press Start , then sa y the n ew na me. The phone r epeats your voice tag, and Vo i c e t a g c h a n g e d appears. Erase a voice tag 1 Press Names and scroll to Vo i c e t a g s . 2 Press Select , then scrol l to the n ame with the voice tag you want to change. 3 Press Optio ns , scroll to Erase and press Select . Erase voice tag ? appears. 4 Press OK to erase the voice tag. ⢠USE VOICE COMMANDS The voice com mand feature allows a ccess to handsfr ee operation for certain phone f unction s. V oice comman ds work similar to voice dialing. Before using voice commands, you must f irst associate a voice tag to the phone function. Note: Y ou do have to press a button to ac tivate the command, see â A ctivate a voice commandâ on pa ge 72.
[ 7 1 ] Use voice f eatures 11 View available func tions T o see which functions in your ph one work w ith voice commands: Press Menu 10 2 ( Extras > Vo i c e commands ) and scroll throug h the list of features. Add a voice t a g for the command 1 Press Menu 10 2 ( Extras > Vo i c e commands ). 2 Scroll to the phone feature you want, th en press Select . 3 Press Optio ns . Add co mmand appears on the screen. 4 Press Select . 5 Press Start , then speak the voice tag clearly into the micr ophone. Note: Do NO T press Quit unless you wan t to cancel the recording. Phone feature Use a v oice ta g to s elec t a prof ile or activate a feature Prof il es Normal Silent Me eti ng Outdoor Pa g e r Vo i c e mailb ox Call voice mailbox Infrar ed Activate in frared Vo i c e reco rder Record
11 [ 72 ] The phone replays then sa ves the recorded tag. The icon appears next to commands that have voice tags assigned. Activate a voice command After you as sociate a voice tag with a phon e featur e, you can issue a command by speaking the voice tag. There are 3 w ays to activate a voice command: 1 If you have the headset attached, press and hold the headset button. OR Press and ho l d Names . OR Press and hold the volume down key . 2 When Plea se speak now appears, pronounce the voice tag clearly into the microphone . When the phone f inds the tag, Found appears, and the command is issued. Note: Y ou cannot use voice commands if you are actively sending or receiving da ta using the GPRS con nection. W ork with an existing voice command tag After you have associated a voice tag to a command, you can choose to playback a tag, chan ge a tag or erase a tag. 1 Press Menu 10 2 ( Extras > Vo i c e c o m m a n d s ). 2 Scroll to the f eature, then press Select . 3 Press Optio ns . 4 Scroll to Pla ybac k , Cha ng e or Erase , t hen pr e ss Select . 5 Follow the prompts on th e screen.
[ 73 ] P ers onalize your phon e 12 12 P ersonalize your phon e ⢠WHAT ARE PROFILES? Profiles l et you s et your pho neâÂÂs sound setti ngs to your environm ent, whether itâÂÂs a meeting or a soccer game. Each profile con tains settings for your ph one âÂÂs ri ngi ng op tion , r ingi ng tone, ri ngi ng v olu me, vibra ting al ert, me ssage ale rt t o n e, k ey p a d t o n es , a n d wa rn in g tones. Just pi ck the pro fil e that s uits y ou r c u rr e nt en v ir o n m en t: Normal, Sile nt, Outdoor , Meeting, or P ager . Y ou can m odify the settings in each profile, and (except for th e Normal, Car , and Headset profiles) you can rename them. Select a profile 1 Press Menu 3 ( Prof il es ). 2 Scroll to the pr ofile you want to use (for e xample, Normal ) and press Select . 3 Scroll to Select , then press Select . Customize th e profile 1 Press Menu 3 ( Prof il es ). 2 Scroll to the pr ofile you want to customize, then pre ss Select . 3 Scroll to Cust omiz e , then press Sel e ct . 4 Use the scroll keys to display each of the o ptions in the f ollowing table. Once you find th e option youâÂÂd like to customize , press Select .
12 [ 74 ] Opti on What it does Rin gi ng op t ions Allows you to chose a ringing style. Y o ur choices include Ring , Asce nding , Ri ng onc e , Beep onc e an d Silent . Ringin g tone Allows you to cho se from 35 pre-programmed tones. Y ou can also download up to 5 ringing tones, see âÂÂDownload ringing tonesâ on pa ge 82 for mor e info rmatio n. Ringing volume Allows you to set the volume for incoming c alls. Vibrating alert Allows you to turn the vibrating alert on or off. Note: your phone has an internal vibratin g mechanism so you do not n eed a special battery to use this feature. Messag e alert tone Allows you to chose an alert style. Y o ur choices include No tone , Standard , Special , Beep once , Asc e ndi n g an d Pe r s o n a l . Ke y p a d t o n e s Allows you to set th e volume for keypad tones. Wa r n i n g t o n e s Allows you to tu rn warning and confirmation tones on or off . Aler t for Y ou can chose to h ave your phone sound an audible alert only when a membe r of a selected caller group is calling. For more infor mation about Caller groups, see âÂÂUse caller groupsâ on page 7 9. Prof il e nam e Allows you to give a new name to the following profiles: Silent , Meet ing , Out do or or Pa g e r .
[ 75 ] P ers onalize your phon e 12 Set a timed profile Timed profiles can be useful in preventing missed calls. For exam ple, if you attend an event that requires you to set your phone to the Silent profile, you may forget to return the phone to the Normal profile after the even t is over . Y ou may not n otice incoming calls. W ith the timed profile, you can have the phone automatically return to the Normal profile at a time you s pe cify . 1 Press Menu 3 ( Prof il es ). 2 Scroll to the pr ofile you wish to activate, then press Sel e ct . 3 Scroll to Timed , th en pre ss Select . 4 Enter the time f or the profile to e xpire and press OK . 5 If you are using a 12-hour time f ormat, scroll to am or pm then press Select . The profile youâÂÂve set for expiration is now active an d appears in th e start screen along with a small clock icon. About accessory settings Y ou can u se your ph one with thes e accessories: ⢠Nokia Headset ⢠Nokia Car kit ⢠Nokia Loopset When you connect your phone to an accessor y approved by Nokia, th e phone automatically selects the matching profile. Note: The settin g used with the ca r kit is called Handsfree . The accessory settings d o not appe ar in the phoneâÂÂs menu until you connect the headset, ca r kit or loopset. Default profile allows you to adjust settings related to the accessory , such as ri ng tone .
12 [ 76 ] Set automatic answer This profile lets your phone answer incoming calls after just 1 ring. Note: This setting is available on ly when your phone is connected to a headset, loopset or to an approved car kit. T his feature applies only to voice calls. 1 Press Menu 4 6 ( Setti ngs > Accesso ry set ti ngs ). 2 Scroll to Headset , Hand sfree or Loop set then pre ss Select . 3 Scroll to Automati c answer , t hen pr es s Select . 4 Scroll to On and press Select . Use the loopset setting The LPS-3 L oopset gives pe ople with T -coil e quipped he aring aids the ability to make and receive calls without noise interference. Import ant: Refer to the booklet that comes with the L PS-3 for complete instructions and safety information. 1 Plug the loopset jack in to the bottom of your phone. 2 Press Menu 4 6 3 ( Setting s > Ac ce ssor y set ti ngs > Loop se t ). 3 Scroll to Use loops et , then press Select . 4 Scroll to Ye s , t hen pr e ss Select . Note: The headset is the defa ult accesso ry . If you f ollow step s 1 - 4 above, you set the loopset as the default access ory recognized by your phone. Use the car setting If you are using your phone with a car kit approved by Nokia, you can set lights to On (lights stay on) or Automati c (after 15 seconds, ligh ts turn off until th e next key is pr e ssed or the phone rings). loopset jack
[ 77 ] P ers onalize your phon e 12 ⢠ADJUST VOLUME CONTRO L Y ou set your volu me by adjusting th e earpiece volume buttons. See âÂÂAbout your phoneâ for an illustration of volume control keys loca ted on the left side of th e 839 0. ⢠CHOOSE THE DISPLAY LANGUAGE Y ou can choose your ph oneâÂÂs display language. 1 Press Menu 4 4 1 ( Setting s > Phone setti ngs > La ng ua ge ). 2 Scroll to the langu age you want, the n press Select . ⢠SET UP THE CLOCK Y our phon e has an inte rnal cl ock that c an be displaye d on the S tart sc reen. It als o f eat ur es a n al arm cl oc k (see âÂÂUse the alarm clock â on pa ge 1 18) . Note: Y ou ma y need to set the clock each time the battery runs out or is removed and reinstalled. Set the time 1 Press Menu 4 2 1 ( Setting s > Time setting s > Cloc k ). 2 Scroll to Se t th e tim e , then press Sel ect . 3 Enter the current time, using 2 digits f or both hours and minutes. OR Ent er ho urs an d m inu t es i n 24 -h our f orm at . 4 Press OK . 5 Select am or pm and press Select . Note: If you entered the time in the 24-h our f ormat, am and pm do not appear .
12 [ 78 ] If this is th e first time you h ave set the clock, the phone asks you to enter the date. Enter the date in mmddyyyy fo rm at and pr es s OK . Select the time format 1 Press Menu 4 2 1 3 ( Set tin gs > Time settings > Clock > Tim e f o rm at ). 2 Scroll to 24-ho ur or am/pm . 3 Press Select . Display the clock This feature lets you continuously display the time on the Start screen. 1 Press Menu 4 2 1 ( Setting s > Time setting s > Cloc k ). 2 Scrol l to Hide c loc k or Dis play clo ck (only 1 choi ce appears, de pendi ng on the cu rrent setting). 3 Press Select . Set automatic update of date and time If this feature is support ed by your wir eless service provider , it automati cally updates the clock in your phone in accordance with the current time zo n e. This may be helpful if you are traveli ng from New Y ork to California, for example, and want to receive the local time from th e wireless network. 1 Press Menu 4 2 2 ( Setti ngs > Ti me se tti n gs > Auto up da te of dat e and ti me ). 2 Scroll to one of the followin g options, th en press Select : ⢠On: Updates the date and time automatically . ⢠Conf irm first: Requires you to con firm that you wa n t the update. ⢠Off: Prevents the date and time from being automatically updated.
[ 79 ] P ers onalize your phon e 12 ⢠USE CALLER GROUPS Y ou can a dd phone book entries to one of five caller groups, a nd assign a unique ringing tone or gr aphic to that group. T his enables you to identify callers from t hat caller gr o up by their unique ringing t one or graphic. A caller group can be as sm all as 1 pers on or as large as your entire phone book. Caller groups can be r enamed to suit your prefer ence. Add names to a caller gr oup The name you add to a caller group m ust first be stored in the phone book. For instr uctions, see âÂÂSave names , numbers, an d e-mail a d dressesâ on page 39. 1 From the Start screen, scroll to the name or number you want. 2 Press Det ails , then pre ss Opti ons . 3 Scroll to Ca ller gr oups and press Select . 4 Scroll through th e list of caller groups until you find th e one you want, then pres s Select . The following Caller gr oups are ava ilable: Remove names fr om a caller group 1 Follow steps 1-3 above. 2 Scroll to No grou p and press Select . Assign a ringin g tone to a caller group 1 From the Start screen, press Names . 2 Scroll to Ca ller gr oups and press Select . 3 Scroll to the group you want and press Sel ect . 4 Scroll to Group rin ging ton e and press Select . 5 Scroll to the tone you want to hear when anyone from this group calls you and press Select . F amily VIP Friends Busine ss Othe r
12 [ 80 ] Set your phone to ring only for a caller group Y ou can set y our phon e t o r ing only when peopl e f rom certain caller groups call you, and to be silent for all oth er call groups. For example, if you do not want to be disturbed unless a family m ember calls, you wou ld follow these steps. Note: In this ex ample, the phone give s an audible al ert for the Fa m i l y caller group. The phone gives a visual alert with blinking lights if a ny other person calls you. 1 Add the names and numbers of your family to the Fami l y caller g roup by following Steps 1-4 liste d under âÂÂAdd names to a caller gr oupâ on page 79. 2 Press Menu 3 ( Prof il es ), scroll to No rm a l , then press Select . 3 Scroll to Cust omiz e , then press Sel e ct . 4 Scroll to Aler t for , then pres s Select . 5 Scroll to Al l call s , press Unmark , then pres s Ba ck . The phone pr ompts you to save changes, press Ye s . 6 At t he Al er t for menu, press Sel ect . 7 Scroll to Fa m i l y , pre ss Mark , then pres s Back . The phone pr ompts you to save changes, press Ye s . Rename a caller group Y ou can ren ame any caller group with a name of your own. 1 From the Start screen, press Names . 2 Scroll to Ca ller gr oups and press Select . 3 Scroll to the group you want and press Sel ect . 4 Scroll to Ren ame gro up and press Select . 5 Enter the n ew grou p name, then press OK .
[ 8 1 ] P ers onalize your phon e 12 Use group graphics Each caller group has a graphic (picture) as sociated with it. When you get a c al l fr om so me one w ho m yo u h ave ass ign ed to a c all er gro up, th e gra ph ic associat ed wi th that group flashes on the screen. T o turn the graphic on for a caller group: 1 Press Names , scroll to Call er gro ups , and press Select . 2 Scroll to the name of t he group and press Select . 3 Scroll to Grou p lo go and press Select . Note: T o se e the g rou p gr aph ic be fo re you se lec t it, sc ro ll to View and press Select . Press Back to return to the me nu. 4 Scroll to On and press Select . T o turn the graphic off, f ollow the steps above, bu t scroll to Off in th e last s tep. SEN D A GRAPHI C 1 Follow steps 1-3 above. 2 Scroll to Send logo and pr ess Select . 3 Enter the phon e number or scroll to find it in your phone book, then press OK . VIEW A REC EIVED GRAPH IC 1 When you r eceive a grap hic from someon e else, Grou p logo recei ved app e ars . 2 T o view the graphic, press Show . 3 After viewing the graphic, pr ess Opti on s and then choose on e of the following: ⢠Save to save it. (Y ou must choose which caller group gets the new g rap hi c.) ⢠Disca rd to delete i t. 4 Press Select .
12 [ 82 ] ⢠DOWNLOAD RIN GING TONES Y ou can download up to 5 ringing tones to replace the Pe r s o n a l entries in your list of ringing ton es. For details about this network service, contact your wirele ss service provider . Notification of received ringing tone W hen you r ph on e r ece ive s a ri ng ing ton e, it di spl ays Ringing tone received . Listen to re ceived ringing tones Note: If you press Ex it at an y time before sa ving the ringing tone, the ringin g tone will be deleted! 1 When your phone dis p lays Ringing tone received , press Options . Pla ybac k is selected. 2 Press OK . The phone plays the ringing tone . Save receive d ringing tones 1 After listening to the ringing tone, press OK . 2 Scroll to Save , then pres s OK . The tone is saved to your list of ringing tones. Discard re ceived ringing tones If you donâÂÂt w ant to save the ringin g tone, press Exit without saving it, or scroll to Disc a rd , t hen pr es s Select , confirm with OK . ⢠RESTORE FACTORY SETTINGS Y ou can reset som e of the phone settings to their original values. Cautio n: Resto ring f actory sett ings do es not erase your ph one book . However , it does erase all cu stomized s ettings you may ha ve entered. 1 Press Menu 4 9 ( Setti ngs > Resto re factor y set ti ngs ). 2 Enter the Security code, then pres s OK .
[ 83 ] P ers onalize your phon e 12 ⢠CHANGE XPRESS-ON⢠COLOR COVERS T o personalize your 8 390, you can change the front and back covers. Nokia Xpress-on TM covers are available in severa l fashion colors. Extra covers may be pu rchased from your authorized Nokia dealer . Import ant: Before changing the cover , always switch off the power and disconnect th e phone from any charger or any other device. Always store the phone w ith the covers attached. Rem o ve the b ack cover 1 With the back of the phone facing you, press and hold the back cover release button. 2 Slide the cov e r off. Remove the phone from the front cover 1 With t he back of the ph on e facing you, find th e pla stic tabs on t he bottom of the phone. 2 Grasp the plastic tabs a nd gently separate the ph on e from the f ront cover .
12 [ 84 ] Change the keypad 1 Lift the keypad f rom inside the old fron t cover . 2 Place the keypad into the n ew front cover . Replace the new front cover 1 T o replace the front cover , ali gn the to p of the ph one wi th the top of th e front cover . Make sure both sets of p lastic tabs line u p with their slots, as shown at right. 2 Align the cover and snap it shut all the way aro und the edge of the phone.
[ 85 ] P ers onalize your phon e 12 Repla ce the back cove r 1 Direct th e back cover towards the lockin g catches on the phone. 2 Slide the back c over until it locks into place.
13 [ 86 ] 13 Manage phone security Y our phone is equ ipped with different security features that allow you to do the followin g: ⢠avoid m aking accidental calls, ⢠pre vent unau thor ized use of y our ph one, and ⢠restrict outgoing or incoming calls. ⢠LOCK THE KEYPAD (K EYGUARD ) The keyp ad l ock ( K ey guard ) d isa ble s you r keyp ad to preve nt acci dental key presses (fo r ex ample, when your phone is in your pocket o r purse). ⢠T o lock the ke ys, press Men u , then . ⢠T o unlock the keys, press Unlock , then . Note: K eyguard does n ot prevent unauthorized use of your ph one. Note: Connecting your phone to a car kit automatically disables K eygu ard. Note: When K eygu ard i s o n, calls m ay b e possi ble to e merge ncy numbers (for example 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). K ey in the emergen cy number and press . The numbe r is displayed only after you h ave keyed in its last digit.
[ 87 ] Manage phone security 13 ⢠ABOUT SECURITY CODES The following table summarizes how different types of security codes are used in your ph on e. Code Pur pose For more inf orm ati on Se cu rity co de Required by several phone featur es. If ph one se curity is on, the phone reques ts the securit y code the first time you use it after installing a new S IM ca rd . See âÂÂClear call listsâ on page 47, âÂÂClear call timersâ on page 47, âÂÂClear the data counterâ on page 50 , âÂÂRes to re fact ory settingsâ on page 82 and âÂÂE rase your entir e phone bookâ on page 4 2. PIN code If SIM card security is on , the phone requests the PIN code every time the phone is tu r ned o n. See âÂÂPI N codesâ on page 88. PIN 2 cod e Required by several phone featur es. See en tries for show call costs, call cost limit, fixe d dialing, and PIN and PIN2 codes. Restr ictio n pass wor d Required by the restrict calls featur e. See â About your restriction passwordâ on page 9 1.
13 [ 88 ] ⢠PI N CO DES The PIN and PIN2 codes a re 4- to 8 -digit numbers that usually come f rom your service provider along with the SIM card. Use the PIN code to protect your phone and SIM card against unauthorize d use. The PIN2 code activ ates so me of y ou r ph on eâ s fu nc tio ns, such as Call cost limit. See â Manag e call costsâ on page 48. When the p hone r equi res t he PIN or PI N2 code, it d isplays Enter PIN code : or Enter PIN2 code: . Enter the code then press OK . Set PIN code request Y ou can a ctivate the PIN code request to prevent unauthorized u se of your phone. If you set the PIN code request to On , your phone will as k for the code each tim e you turn the phone on . 1 Press Menu 4 8 1 ( Setti ngs > Secu rity sett ings > PIN code re ques t ). 2 Enter the PI N code supplied by your service provider , and press OK . 3 Scroll to On and press OK . T o turn off th is feature, repe at steps 1 - 3 above, but highlight Off in ste p 3 . Change your PIN or PIN2 code Y ou can ch ange your PIN or PIN2 code to any 4- to 8 -digit numbe r . 1 Pres s Menu 4 8 6 ( Set tings > Se cur it y settin gs > Cha nge access codes ), scroll to the PIN code you want to ch ange, then press Select . 2 Enter the current PIN code and press OK . 3 Enter the n ew PIN code and press OK . 4 Enter the new PIN code again to verify , and press OK .
[ 89 ] Manage phone security 13 Note: If you make a m istake while enter ing the code, Cod e Error appears. Start again at step 2 and be careful to en ter the correct code. If y ou e nter t he w rong code 3 times i n a r ow , the PIN c ode is blocke d. T o unb lock the PIN code, you need a P ers onal Unb locking Ke y ( P U K ) . ⢠PUK CODES The PUK (P e rsonal U nblocking K ey) and PUK2 codes ar e 4- to 8-digit codes that also usually come from your service provider along with th e SIM card. The PUK code unblocks a blocked PIN code, and the PUK2 code u nblocks a blocked PIN2 code. If you block you r phone, you may need to contact your ser vice provider . When you enter th e PU K code given by your s e rvice provider , the phone will ask you to enter and then confirm a new PI N code. ⢠SECURITY CODE Note: The def ault security code is 12345. Y ou need th e secu rity code to access some security f eatur es. W hen the phone require s the security code, it displays Se cu rity co de: Enter the code then press OK . If you enter an incorrect security code 5 times in a row , the phone will not accept th e correct c od e for 5 m inutes. Change the security c ode 1 Pre ss Menu 4 8 6 ( Setti ngs > Se cur it y settings > Change acces s codes ). 2 Scroll to Ch ange sec urity c ode and press Select . 3 Enter the current security code, then press OK . 4 Enter the new securi ty code, then pr ess OK . 5 Enter the security code again to verify , then press OK . Import ant: K eep the code secret and in a safe place, separate from the phone.
13 [ 90 ] ⢠USE FIXED DIALING If supported by your SIM card, this feature lets you restr ict your outgoing calls to phone numbers included in the f ixed dialing list or beg inning with the same digit(s) as an entry in the list. Note: When fixed dialing is set on, cal ls may be p ossible to certain em erge ncy nu mber s in so me net work s (e .g . 9 1 1 or o ther of fici al emerg ency num ber) . T urn fixed dialing on o r off 1 Press Menu 4 8 3 ( Settin gs > Security sett ings > Fixed dia ling ). 2 Scroll to On or Off , then pres s OK . 3 Enter your PI N2 code, then press OK . Add numbers to t he fixed dialing list 1 Press Menu 4 8 3 ( Setting s > Security setting s > Fixed dia ling ). 2 Scroll to Number l ist , then press Sel ect . 3 Scroll to Add , then pres s Select . 4 Enter your PI N2 code and press OK . 5 Enter a name to go w ith the res tricted phone nu mber , the n pre ss OK . 6 Enter the phone number you want to restrict, then p ress OK . Repeat steps 3 - 6 for each n umber you want to add to the list. ⢠RES TRI CT C ALLS This network se rvice lets you r est rict th e calls your phone can make and receive. Check with your ser vice provider f or details. Note: When calls are re stricted, calls may be possible to th e emerg enc y n umb er in so me ne t works (suc h a s 9 1 1 or ot her officia l emer gency nu mber) .
[ 9 1 ] Manage phone security 13 T urn on call r estrictions 1 Press Menu 4 8 2 ( Setting s > Security setting s > Cal l restr icti ons ). 2 Scroll through the types of calls you can restrict , and press Sel ect whe n you se e th e one you w an t. Out going call s : Calls cannot be made. In terna tio na l cal ls : Calls cannot be made to fore ign countries. Internat ional except to ho me country : When abroad, calls can be made only within the current country and to your home country (that is, the cou ntry where you r home n etwork operator is located). Incoming calls : Calls cannot be received. Incoming calls if ro aming : Calls cannot be received outside your home ar ea. Canc el al l call res tric tion s : T urns off all call r e strictions. Calls can be made and received in th e usual way . Note: If you selected Can cel al l c all re stri ctio ns , the following steps ar e not available. A lso, you can cancel call r estrictions on each option, allowing res trictions on other options to sta y in force. 3 Scroll to one of the followin g options: Activ ate : En ter the restriction pa ssword and pr e ss OK . Can c el : Enter th e restriction password and press OK . Status : T he phone lists the call types with call restriction active. 4 Press OK . About your re striction password Contact your service provide r for the restriction password. Change your restriction password 1 Pre ss Men u 4 8 6 ( Settin gs > Secu rity settings > Chan ge acce ss codes ). 2 Scroll to Change r estri ction pa ssword , t hen pr es s Select . 3 Enter your new passwor d, then pres s OK .
13 [ 92 ] ⢠SET UP A C LOSED USER GR OUP This network s e rvice specifies th e group of people to whom you can ca ll and who can call you. Def ault resets the phone to use a user group that the SIM card owner has agreed upon with th e service provider . Note: When calls are limited to Closed User Groups, calls may be possible to certain emerge ncy numbers in some networks (e.g. 9 1 1 or other official emergency number ). T urn on closed user group 1 Press Menu 4 8 4 ( Setti ngs > Security setting s > Close d user gro up ). 2 Scroll to On , enter the group nu mber , then pr ess Select . T urn off closed user group 1 Press Menu 4 8 4 ( Setti ngs > Security setti ngs > Clos ed user gro up ). 2 Scroll to Off , then pres s Select .
[ 93 ] Select a system 14 14 Select a system Y ou can select how your phone ch ooses a wir eless network, as there may be more than one available. The selection you make stays active until you change it or change the SIM card. 1 Press Menu 4 4 3 ( Setting s > Phone sett ings > System se lect ion ). 2 Scroll to Automati c or Manual , then pr ess Select . ⢠Au tomatic : T he phone automatically selects one of th e available syste ms. ⢠Manual : Th e phone se arches for available syste ms and then list s them . Scroll to the on e you wan t, then press Select . The phone looks for a networ k and displays th e re sult. If you lose con nection while in Manual mode, the ph one asks you to select a n etwork again.
15 [ 94 ] 15 Communicate with text messages The text message ne twork service allows you to send short text messages to other phones th at have text message capability . Y ou can also ask the service provider to convert the me ssage to ot h er for mats such as e-mail and fa x. ⢠MESSAGE SETTINGS Before you can send and receive text you must: ⢠Have a text m essaging subs cription through your service provider . ⢠Kno w your messag e cente r num ber . ⢠Save your message cen ter number in your phone. ⢠Se t up ot her m essage setti ngs, su ch as GP RS. Save your message center number Note: Y our service provider supplies the message center number . 1 Press Menu , then press Sel ect . 2 Scroll to Message set ti ngs , then pres s Select . 3 Press Select twice. 4 Enter your mes sage cen ter number , then pres s OK . Set the message mode Y ou can ch oose the type of message sent by your phone. The message modes include Text, E-mail, Fax and P age. Note: The def ault message type is te xt. Note: This feature must b e supported by your ser vice provider .
[ 95 ] Communicate with text messages 15 1 Press Menu , then press Sel ect . 2 Scroll to Message set ti ngs , then pres s Select . 3 Press Select . Scroll to Messages sent as , then press Select . 4 Scroll to Te x t , E-mail, P aging, or Fax , then pre ss OK . Note: In order to receive a converted message, the recipient n eeds to have the appropriate ter minal device, such as a fax machi ne, pager , or e -mail account. Choose other message settings Y ou can modify th e following message settings (s e e C hapter 6, âÂÂList of Menu Shortcutsâ for men u numbers): Choice What it does Messag e vali dity Describes the amount of time that your message center w ill try to deliver a message. Y ou can cho os e a ti me fro m 1 h our to 1 we ek. Defau lt reci pient numbe r Allows you to specify a single r ecipient for all your messa ges. De liv ery repo rt s Allows you to ask the n etwork for a report about message delivery . Use GP RS Allows you to send you r messages via the General P a cket Radio System (GPRS). Rep ly v ia s am e center Choose th is when you want your re cipient to reply through the same message center . Note : Do n ot choose Ye s unless you know the recipient has th e same service pro vider . Rename s ending prof il e Allows you to na me the profile. This option depends on SIM card.
15 [ 96 ] ⢠W RITE MESS AGES Y ou can use th e text message feature to send a short text message to another phone or to send an e-mail message. Tip : Review ABC mode and pred ictive text input from â Enter letters and numbersâ on page 32 bef ore reading this section. Send text message s 1 Press Menu 01 1 ( Messag es > Writ e messag e ). Write mes sages appear s briefly , followed by the m essage screen . 2 Enter a message of up to 160 char acters. The number of available chara cters appears in th e top right corner of the sc reen. 3 Once you have finished writing, press Optio ns , scrol l to Send , then press Select . 4 Enter or r ecall the recipient âÂÂs phone number , then pr ess OK . Sending mess age appears. When the me ssage is successf ully sent, Messag e sent appears. Note: When sending messages via the SMS network service, your phone may display the w ords â Message sent .â This is an indication that the message has been sent by your phon e to the message centr e number programme d into your phone. This is not a n indication t ha t the messag e has been re ceived at the inten ded de stinatio n. For more details about SMS services, check with your servi ce provider . Cautio n: If you ne ed to exit wh ile writing th e message, press anytime. Later , press Menu 0 1 1 t o return and finish writing the message. If you turn of f the phone w ithout saving the m essage, the message will be lost.
[ 97 ] Communicate with text messages 15 Save messages in the outbox When you write a tex t message, itâÂÂs a good idea to save it in the outbox. Then if there is a m essage delivery problem, you can easily resen d the message. 1 While writing th e message, press Opti on s . 2 Scroll to Save message , th en pre ss Select . 3 Scroll to Outbo x , th en pre ss OK . Resend a message from th e outbox 1 Press Menu , then press Sel ect . 2 Scroll to Outbo x , th en pre ss Select . 3 Scroll to the message you wan t to resend, then press Select . The message appears on the screen. 4 Press Optio ns and scroll to Send . 5 Enter the number and press OK to send the m essage. Send an e-mail message There are 2 ways of sending an e- mail message. ⢠Y ou can send an e-mail mess age from the Messag es me nu. ⢠Y ou can send an e-mail mess age from the phone book. Note: Befo re yo u sen d an e-m ail mes sage, you nee d to kn ow the e-mail serv er number . Contact your service pr ovider for more information. Tip : Be sure to set the message mode to e-mail b efore you write your message. See âÂÂSet th e message modeâ on page 94 for details.
15 [ 98 ] FROM THE MES SAGES MENU 1 Press Menu 01 1 ( Messag es > Writ e messag e ). Write mes sages appear s briefly , followed by the m essage screen . 2 Enter a message of up to 1 60 char acters . The number of available chara cters appears in th e top right corner of the sc reen. 3 Once you have finished writing, press Optio ns , scrol l to Send , then press Select . The e-mail entry box appears. 4 Enter the e-mail address and press OK . OR Pre ss Find to find the e-mail address from your ph one book , then pre ss OK . 5 Enter the E-ma il server number an d press OK . Confirmation messages appear . FR OM THE PHON E BOOK First you must have an e-mail add ress entered into th e phone book. See Chapter 8 â Use the phone bookâ for m ore details. 1 Press , then scroll to the person to who m you want to se nd an e-mail. 2 Press Det ails , then scroll down to th e e-mail address. Pr ess Opti on s . 3 Scroll to Send e-mail , t hen pr es s Select . 4 The e-mail add ress appear s on the screen. Enter your m essage after the e-mail addr ess.
[ 99 ] Communicate with text messages 15 The number of available chara cters appears in th e top right corner of the sc reen. 5 Once you have finished writing, press Optio ns , then scroll to Send , then pr ess Select . 6 The e-mail address appears on the screen. C onfirm by pressing OK . 7 Enter the E-ma il server number an d press OK . Confirmation messages appear . ⢠READ TEXT MESSAGES Read new text messa ges When you receive a text message, the phon e displays Messag e receiv ed an d the indicator , and makes a sound. T o read th e message now , press Show . Read new text messa ges later 1 Whe n yo u re ceiv e a t ext m es sage , pr es s Exit . 2 Later w hen yo u wan t to read th e mess age, pre ss Menu , then press Se lect . 3 Scroll to In box , t hen pr e ss Select . A list of message headers is displayed. T he icon in f ront of the header indicates that a message has been read. Th e icon indicates that a mess age has not yet been read . 4 Scroll to the message you wan t, then press Select . 5 If t he message is l ong, use the scroll keys to scr oll th rough th e message .
15 [ 1 0 0 ] Choose text message options While reading or viewing a message, you can choose one of th e following options: Cho ice What it does Erase Allows you to dele te the message. Rep ly Allows you to choo se templates, use standard replies âÂÂY e s,â âÂÂNo,â âÂÂThank you,â or com pose your own reply from a blank screen. Use numbe r Allows you to extra ct numbers from the current messa ge. The phone g oes through and gathers all phone numbers in the m essage, including the origin ating address. Forward Allows you to send the message to another recipient. Forward opti on s Allows you to sen d your message to m any recipient s. Edit Allows you to modify the m essage. Move Al lows you to move the messag e to t he Outbox or A rchive, for example. Rename Allows you to enter a n ew title for the me ssage. Copy to calendar Copies the messa ge to your phoneâÂÂs calen dar as a remi nd er no te . Det ails Shows , for example, the senderâÂÂs name and pho ne number , message center used, reception date and time. Font size Allows you to choo se a small or large font si ze. Save pict ure Allows you to save a pictu re to the tem plate folder .
[ 101 ] Communicate with text messages 15 ⢠STORE MESSAGES Messages in the inbox share a given amount of memor y in your SIM card and phone m emory . When this mem ory is f ull and th ere is no m ore room to store messages, the message indicator blin ks. If you are sen t a text me ss a g e w h en t h e memory is full, the phone displays the mess age No spa ce: m ess age wait ing . Y ou should delete 1 or m ore old messages to make room for the new message. The network waits and r esends the message at a later time. Note: The number of messages your phone can store in the inbox may vary , de pending on the SI M card and phon e memory . ⢠CHAT WITH OTHER PHO NE USERS Y ou can have a conve rsation w ith another person using text messages. Chat is designed for f ast mess age sending through a connection betw een the sender a nd receiver . Y ou can start by using the Chat menu or by selecting the Chat option w hile youâÂÂre reading a r eceived message. Chat is a network feature . Contact your service pr ovider for more information. Note: This feature may not be available in th is version of the product. If there is no chat option on the menu, th is product version does not s upport this feature. About the chat screen On the chat s creen , youâÂÂll s ee: ⢠your chat name, f ollowed by a me ssa ge ⢠your initial message appear at the bottom of th e screen ⢠each reply appear above th e last me ssa ge
15 [ 1 02 ] Start a chat session 1 Press Menu , then press Sel ect . 2 Scroll to Chat , then press Select . 3 Enter the other partyâÂÂs p hone number or re call it from the phone book and press OK . 4 Enter your chat name and press OK . 5 Write you r chat message, pres s Opti on s , then press Send . The reply from the other party is shown above your original message. 6 Press OK to clea r the screen and reply to th e mes sage. Note: Y ou can s tart a chat session when re pl ying to a regular text message as well. When reading the message, select Opti ons , th en select Chat . Use predictiv e text for quick replies When you are in a chat session, you can u se the phoneâÂÂs dictionary to help speed up te xt entry . For mo re information see â P redictive text inpu tâ on page 35. 1 From th e message screen pres s Opti ons . 2 Scroll to Pred ict ive te xt , then pres s Select . 3 Scroll to the langua ge you want, the n press Select . View chat history Y ou can vie w messages sent and received duri ng the active chat session. 1 From th e message screen pres s Opti ons . 2 Scroll to Chat h istor y and press Select . Change your nickname 1 From th e message screen pres s Opti ons . 2 Scroll to C ha t na me , press Select , then enter ne w nickna me.
[ 1 0 3 ] Communicate with text messages 15 End your chat session Note: Once you e xit your chat session, the messages are deleted automatically . There is no way to save the chat history . 1 From th e message scree n press Opti ons . 2 Scroll to Quit and press Select . ⢠USE PICTURE MESSAGES Y our phone of fers you 1 0 picture message templates under Messages > Tem p l a t e s . Y ou can use these templates to sen d pictures to your friends and family . Y ou can also sav e new pictures in the T em plates folder . Note: Th is f uncti on c an be u sed o nly i f it i s su ppor ted by yo ur networ k operato r or service provi der . Only phone s that of fer picture message features can receive and display pi cture messages. About picture me ssages ⢠Each picture message is made up of several text m essages. Therefore, sending 1 picture message ma y cost more than sending 1 text message. Contact your service provider for pricing information. ⢠Since pictures are saved in the ph oneâÂÂs memory , you cannot view them if you use your SI M card with another phone. Send picture me ssages 1 Press Menu , then Select . 2 Scroll to Te m p l a t e s , then press Select . 3 Scroll to the picture you wan t to send, an d press Select . The picture appear s. T o choose a different picture, press Back , scroll to another picture, then press Select . 4 Press Optio ns , scroll to Send , th en pre ss Select . 5 Recall or e nter the ph one numbe r to which you want to sen d the picture message.
15 [ 1 0 4 ] Note: The phone number you choose must be able to receive picture messages. 6 Press OK . Send picture me ssages with text 1 Press Menu 01 1 ( Messag es > Write messages ). 2 Enter you r message, the n press Optio ns . 3 Scroll to Atta ch pict ure , then press Sel e ct . 4 Scroll to the picture you want to send, then press View . 5 After viewing the picture, select Atta ch . 6 Select Opti on s , scroll to Sen d . 7 Enter the ph one number or recall a num ber from you r phone book, then pr ess OK . Note: The phone number you choose must be able to receive picture messages. Receive pic ture messages 1 When your phone dis p lays Message re ce ived , pre ss Sho w an d the message appears. 2 If the picture has a text message with it, scroll u p or down to see the entire message . 3 Press Save pict ure to keep the picture me ssage, or press Exit to delete it. ⢠USE THE INFO MESSAGE SERVICE With the info message network service, you can receiv e sh or t text m essage s on va rious topics, such as weather and traffic con ditions, from you r service provider . In fo message selections can be f ound under Messag es > Info messag es . Note: For available topics and relevant topic numbers, contact your service pr ovider .
[ 1 0 5 ] Communicate with text messages 15 ⢠USE THE SERVICE COMMAND EDITOR Use the Ser vic e command edit or to key in and send service r equests (also known as USSD commands) to your service provider . Note: For more infor mation, contact your service provider .
16 [ 1 0 6 ] 16 Y our wireless Internet browser Y our phone h as a built-in browser you can use to connect to selected ser vices on the Intern et. Y ou can view we ather reports, check news or flight times, view financial information, and much more. ⢠NOTES ON WIRELESS INTERNET ACC ESS This section gives a brief overview of wireless Internet technology . T echnology background WA P A technology called Wireless Application Protocol (W AP) is to mobile devices what the Wor l d Wide We b (WWW) is to personal compute rs. The mobile community began developin g W AP several years ago to provide access to the In ternet for mobile users. T oday , m ost W AP sites are made u p of text and hyperlinks. Some pages even contain low-resolution graphics, or require data input. Y our service provider and oth ers are free to design W AP sites a s they choose, so the sites are as variable as W eb pages on th e Internet. Internet con tent on your personal comp uter is called a âÂÂweb page. â Internet content on your m obile phone is called a âÂÂpage,â or âÂÂW AP card.â GPRS General P a cket Radio Service (GPRS) is a technology used to send and receive data via short bursts or packets over the wi reless network. GPRS allows you to stay connected to the In ternet. This f eature allows for faster download s of i nfo rmation an d no tim e spe nt co mpletin g a dial -up con nection . Applications using G PRS include the W AP browser , text messa ging and dial-up connections for making digital data calls.
[ 1 0 7 ] Y our w irel ess Inte rn et br o wser 16 ⢠For information about how to track time spent online, see âÂÂChe ck data calls â on page 50. ⢠For information about sending messages via GPRS, see âÂÂChoose other message settingsâ on page 95. ⢠For information about dial-up con nections, refer to â GPRS d ial-up connectionsâ on page 13 1. ⢠For a vailability , pricing, and su bscription to GP RS services, contact your service pr ovider . The Service providerâ s role Because wir eless Internet content is designed to be vie wed from your phone, your wireless service provider now becom es your âÂÂwireless I nternet service providerâ as well . ItâÂÂs l ikely t hat you r servi ce provi der has c reate d a home page an d set up your browser to go to this page when you log on to th e Inte rnet. Once at your servi ce provi derâÂÂs home p age, youâÂÂll fi nd li n ks to a numbe r o f ot her sites. ⢠SET UP FOR BROWSING Y ou should not need to do anything to set up your phone for b rowsing. Y our service provider usually modifies the appropriate settings when you subscribe to the featu re. Con tact your ser vice pr ovider if you have problem s using the browser . ⢠SIGN ON TO THE WIRELESS INTERNET Y ou us e the Service s menu to connect to the Internet. Note: Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on wh en wirele ss phone use is pr ohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Press Menu 11 ( Ser v ic e s ). Scroll to Home , then pres s Select . OR Press and hold the key .
16 [ 1 0 8 ] Y our phone connects to the Internet and to your service providerâÂÂs home page. If you see th e mess age Ch eck ser vice settin gs , the phone may not be set up for browsing. Contact your ser vice provider to m ake sure that your phone is c onf igured proper ly . ⢠USE BROWSE R OPTIO NS The Servic es menu gives you th e options shown in the f ollowing list. Some service providers may have cu stomized the options on the Services menu. Contact your service provider for more in formation if any of the options shown here are not available. Cho ice What it does Home Starts the browser and takes you to your service providerâÂÂs home page. Book ma rk s Shows a list of all saved bookm arks. Bookmarks help you find a WAP site quickly . Service inbo x Allows you to r eceive notifications f rom your service provider . Notifications may be about new e-mail messages, changes in stock prices or news headlines. Setti ngs Provides options for changing connection settings, appearance settings, and authority certifica te. Go to addres s Acce p t s an addres s y ou enter . Cl ea r th e cache Empties the browse râÂÂs temporary memory and frees up space. ItâÂÂs advisable to e mpty y our cache at the end of each se ssion.
[ 1 0 9 ] Y our w irel ess Inte rn et br o wser 16 ⢠NAVIGATE THE WIRELESS INTERNET Since your phoneâÂÂs scre en is much smaller than a computer screen, Inte rnet content is displayed in a dif feren t for mat than you m ay be used to seeing. This sect ion sh ows sim ple gu ideli nes for using t he ph oneâÂÂs ke ys to n avigate a WA P site. Example s of how to r ead a W AP site follow the guideline s. General guidelines for using the phone keys ⢠Use t h e scroll keys to browse the W AP site. ⢠T o select a highlighted item, press . ⢠T o enter letters and numbers, press the keys to . ⢠T o enter special characters, press the ke y . Examples of wire less Internet sites The following illustrations show most of the elements you may f in d on a wireless Internet site. These are examples only . Header l ine : shows th e curren t Internet site. Inactiv e link : appear s as an underlined word. Activ e link : ap pears a s a hig hli ght ed word . Use and to scroll through th e list of links. Se lect io n list : Brack ets [ ] appear when you have the opt i on to en ter information. Opti on s : Press Opti ons to go to the siteâÂÂs menu and/or br owser page. Bac k : Pr ess Back to r eturn to the previous page.
16 [ 1 1 0 ] Data en try f ield : B rackets [ ] around 3 dots appear when you need to enter information. In this example, you can e nter your z ip code to receive the local weath er forecast. ⢠USE BOOKMARKS Y ou can s ave addresses for your favorite sites as bookma rks. A bookmar k helps you find a site again, just as a slip of paper h elps you find a page in a book. Set a bookmark while browsing Y ou can add u p to 25 bookmar ks. 1 Press Menu 11 ( Service s ), scroll to Hom e, pre ss Select , then Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Bookmar ks , then press Sel ect . 3 Press Optio ns . 4 Scroll to New book mar k , then pres s Select . 5 Enter address, then pr ess OK . 6 Enter a title, then press OK . ⢠DISCONN ECT FROM THE IN TERNET T o close your connection, simply press twice. ⢠SECURITY ISSUES Be sure to clear the cache memory The in formation or s ervices y ou access with the W AP browser are temporarily saved in the cache mem ory of the phone. A cache is a buffer m emory , which is us ed to store data temporarily . If you tried to access or have accessed confidential information requiring passwords (for example, your bank account), empty the cache of your phone after ea ch use.
[ 111 ] Y our w irel ess Inte rn et br o wser 16 CLE AR TH E CA CH E 1 Press Menu 11 ( Ser v ic e s ). 2 Scroll to Clear the cache , then pres s Select . CLEAR THE CAC HE WHILE BROWSING 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Clear the cache , then pres s Select . About authority ce rtificates T o use some WA P services, such as banking services, you n eed an authori t y certificate. Using the cer tificate can help you to improve the secu rity of connections be tween your phone and a W AP s e rver . Y ou can dow nload the certif icate from a WA P page if the WAP service supports the u se of authority certificates. A fter th e download, you can view the certificate, then save or delete it. If you save the certificate, it is added to t he list of certificates in the phone. Y our phone alerts you i f the identity of the W AP server or W AP gateway cannot be verif ied or is not authentic. VIEW THE LIST O F AUTHORITY CERTIFICAT ES 1 Press Menu 11 ( Ser v ic e s ). 2 Scroll to Settin gs , then press Select . 3 Scroll to Aut hori ty ce rtif icate s , then press Sel e ct .
16 [ 1 1 2 ] ⢠NOTES AB OUT GPRS The following icons appear on th e screen to show you the status of your GPRS connection. Note: In order to use GPRS, you must first subscr ibe to th e network service. Contact your ser vice provider f or details on availability an d pricing. Set up an a utomatic co nnection Some service providers ma y have customize d the options on the Service s menu. Contact your service pr ovider for more inform ation if the option s shown here are not available. Import ant: GPRS m ay not be available in all wi reless networks. The establishment and continuation of a GPRS an d Internet connection depends on n etwork availability , service provider support, and signal strength. Y ou can ch oose one of the followin g options from the Servic es se tti ngs me nu: ⢠Al way s o nl in e : the phone is automatica lly regist e red to a GPRS network wh en y ou t ur n yo ur phon e on. W he n yo u u se th e W AP br owse r , t he connecti on b etween your phon e an d the netw ork i s c reated an d data transfe r i s possibl e. When y ou e xit t he WAP bro wser , th e GPRS conne ction end s but the regi strat ion to the GPRS netwo rk remains. Shows up in the u pper left cor ner of the screen . Indicates an active GPRS connection, f or example, when you are using the WAP browser . Indicates that circuit switched (CS) or voice calls are not possible when using GPRS. Indicates that the GPRS con nection has been interrupted by a voice call.
[ 1 1 3 ] Y our w irel ess Inte rn et br o wser 16 ⢠Wh en n eed ed : the GPRS con n ection is established when you use the W AP browse r and is closed whe n you exit th e WAP browser . Receive a call w hile online If you are us ing the W AP browser over GPRS, you can still receive a voice call. Y ou r dat a call is pu t on hold and you can choose to answer the call. ⢠T o answer the i ncoming call, press . ⢠T o reject th e incoming call, press . Note: After you end your voice call, the GPRS connection autom atically resumes. Make a call while online When you are browsing a W AP card and want to make a call, you can se lec t Use number . Y our phone then searches the information on the W AP card for a string of numbers. Y ou can then choose from the number or numbers displayed to place the call. An alter nate way is to pr ess to disconn ect fr om the Inte rnet, then place your call by searching the ph one book for a n ame and number or by keying in the phone number . Make an e mergency call while online If you are using GPR S to connect to the I nternet, you can end your data connection and th en make an em ergency call. 1 T o close your Internet con nection, simply pr ess . 2 Enter the em ergency number for your pr esent location (for e xample, 9 1 1 or any oth er officia l emergency nu mberâÂÂemer gen cy numbers vary by location). 3 Press .
17 [ 1 1 4 ] 17 Y our personal di gital assista nt Y our N ok ia 83 90 phon e has many usef ul featu res for or gan izin g y our everyday life, in cluding a calendar , to-do list, and alarm clock. In this chapter , youâÂÂll learn how to use your phone as a digital assistan t. ⢠USE THE CALENDAR The ca lendar keeps track of r eminders, calls you need to ma ke, meetings, and birthdays. It can even s ound a n al arm when itâÂÂs time for you to make a call, go to a meeting, or celebrate a birthday . Wa r n i n g : Y our phone must be s witched on to use this function. Do not switch on the ph one when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interfer ence or danger . View the ca lendar T o see the current da yâÂÂs calen dar sc reen, press Menu 8 ( Calendar ). The first time you view th e calendar , your phone pr ompts you to enter todayâÂÂs da te. Make a note When you make a note in your cale ndar , you can choose from 4 differen t types: meeting note, call note, birthday note an d memo. Y our phone asks you for more information depending on which one you choose. 1 Press Menu 8 ( Cal e nd ar ), then pres s Opt ions . 2 Scroll to Make a note , then pres s Select . 3 Scroll to Meeti ng , Call , Birt hda y or Memo , then press Select . 4 Enter your note, then pr ess OK . ⢠For a m eeting note, the phone prompts you to enter a time.
[ 1 1 5 ] Y our persona l digital assistant 17 ⢠For a ca ll note, the phone pr o mpts you to enter a phone number , a name and the time. ⢠For a birthday note , the ph one prompts you for th e person âÂÂs name, date and year of b irth. 5 Set the alarm for a meeting note, call n ote or birthd ay note by choosing one of the following: ⢠Alarm on ⢠Alarm off Y ou may h ave other alarm options, depending on the type of calendar note you are working w ith. For exa mple, you may se t an ala rm for a meeting note to alert you at the event time or up to 3 0 minutes before the event. After you make a calendar note and return back to the day view , the appropriate icon appears in th e lower right-hand corner of the calendar screen: Choose options for calendar notes When vie wing a calendar note, you can choose fro m the follo wing op tions: Birt hday no te Meeting note Call note Me mo Cho ice What it does View Allows you to expan d the calendar not e , from on e -line to the w hole screen . Make note Allows you to create a new calendar note. Dele te Allows you to dele te the n ote from the calendar . Edit Allows you to m odify your note.
17 [ 1 1 6 ] ⢠MAKE A T O-DO L IST Y ou can keep track of your tasks with the to-do list featu re. Y ou may be able to save up to 30 notes, depending on h ow long the notes are. Add a to-do note When you add a new note, the default priority i s m edium (2). Y ou can change the priority to high (1 ) or low (3). 1 Press Menu 7 ( To - d o l i st ), then pres s Opti on s . 2 Scroll to Add , then pres s Select . Subject: appears on the sc reen. 3 Enter your note, pre ss Opti ons , scroll to Save , th en pre ss Select . 4 Scroll to the priority you want, then press Select . Move Allows you to change the date, time, and alarm of the note. Rep ea t Allows you to de f ine w hether the note should be repeat ed. Y ou can r epeat a note on a daily , w eekly or year ly basis. Note: The birth day note can on ly be repeated on a yearly ba sis. Go to date Allows you to jump to a certain date. Send note All ows you to send t he cale nda r note t o anot her p hon e via IR, sm art messagin g or as a short text messa ge. See â Send cale ndar n ote to another de viceâ in chapte r 18 fo r more inf orm ation. Copy Allows you to copy the note to another location in th e calendar . Setti ngs Allows you to m odify general settin gs, including date form at, time format, auto erase and others. Cho ice What it does
[ 1 1 7 ] Y our persona l digital assistant 17 Use predictive text for quick note entry When you make a to- do note, you can use the phoneâÂÂs dictionary to help speed up te xt entry . For mo re information see â P redictive text inpu tâ on page 3 5. 1 From the Subject prompt, press Opti ons . 2 Scroll to Pred ict ive te xt , then pres s Select . 3 Scroll to the langua ge you want, the n press Select . 4 Enter your n ote as described in the above section (Add a to-do n ote). Choose other to-do opti ons When you vie w a to-do note, you have th e following option s: Cho ice What it does View Allows you to view the selected note. Add Allows you to add another no te. Erase Allows you to dele te a note. Edit Allows you to modify the contents of a note. Edit prior it y Allows you to change th e priority level of a note . Y our choices are high, medium and low . Go to prior it y Allows you to view notes for a certain priority level. Y ou can go to on ly the high prior ity notes, f or example. Save to calend. Allows you to save the to-do note as a calendar n ote. Send as tex t Allows you to send the note as a text message to another phone.
17 [ 1 1 8 ] ⢠USE THE ALARM CLOCK The alar m clock feature is based on your phoneâÂÂs internal clock an d sounds an alert at a t ime you sp e cify . T he al ar m clo ck works even if you tur n your pho ne off. Set the alarm clock See âÂÂSet up the clockâ on page 77 for more information about time formats. 1 Press Menu 4 1 ( Setti ngs > Alarm clock ). 2 Enter the alarm time in hhmm for mat. 3 Press OK . 4 Select either am or pm and press Select . Note: Step 4 is nece ssary only if you have selecte d a 12-hour format. Manage the alarm PHON E ON â¢P r e s s Stop to shut off the alarm. OR â¢P r e s s Snooze . The alar m stops and soun ds again in 1 0 minu tes. Note: If you let the alarm sound for 1 minute without press ing a key , it stops for 1 0 minutes, a nd then sounds ag ain. PHON E OFF If the alarm tim e is reached wh ile the phone is switched of f, the ph one switches itself on and starts sounding the alarm tone. If you press Stop , the phone asks wh ether you want to activate the ph one for calls. Press No to switch off the phone or Ye s to ma ke and receive calls . Wa r n i n g : Do n ot press Ye s when w ireless phone u se is prohibited or when it may cause interfer ence or danger .
[ 1 1 9 ] Y our persona l digital assistant 17 T urn off the alar m clock 1 Press Menu 4 1 ( Setti ngs > Alarm clo ck ). 2 Scroll to Off and press Select . ⢠USE THE COUNTDOW N TIMER The countdown timer is like an egg-timer or the time r on your microwave oven. Y ou can enter a speci fied time, and when the time ru ns out, yo ur phone sounds an alarm. Note: Y our phone must be switched on to use th is function. Do not switch the phone on when w ireless phone u se is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Note: The countdown timer only works when th e phone is on. Once you tu rn off y our phone, the timer is n o longer active. Set the c ountdown timer 1 Press Menu 10 3 ( Extras > Countd own timer ). 2 Enter 2 digits f or hours, 2 digits for minutes, then press OK . 3 Enter a note, then pr ess OK . Change the tim e After youâÂÂve set the timer , you can change the time. 1 Press Menu 10 3 ( Extras > Countd own timer ). 2 Scroll to Change time , then press Select . 3 Enter the time, then pr ess OK . 4 Save the current note, or enter a new note and press OK . Stop the timer When the time runs out, the phone sou nds an ala rm, and flashes the light on the screen . ⢠When th e alarm s ounds, press any key during the alarm to stop the timer . ⢠After 30 seconds the timer alert expires automatically .
17 [ 120 ] BEF ORE THE AL ARM SOUN D S 1 Press Menu 10 3 ( Extras > Countd own timer ). 2 Scroll to Stop time r , then pres s Select . Tim er st oppe d appears on the screen . ⢠USE THE STOPWATCH Y our phone h as a stopwatch that can be used to track time at sporting events or o ther occasions. The stopwatch displays time in hours, minute s, seconds and fractions of a second. 00:00:00:0 Note: Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phon e on whe n wire le ss phone use is pr ohibi ted or wh en it may cause in terferen ce or danger . Measure time 1 Press Menu 10 4 ( Extras > Stopwatch ). 2 Scroll to Split timin g , then pres s Select . 3 Press Start . The running tim e appears on the screen. Measure split time For example, you can use the split time function at a lon g distance race when you need to pace you rself. 1 Press Menu 10 4 ( Extras > Stopwatch ). 2 Scroll to Split timin g , then pres s Select . 3 Press Start . 4 T ake an inter mediate time by pressing Split . The clock c ontinues to r un. The split ti me appears below the r unning time.
[ 12 1 ] Y our persona l digital assistant 17 If you split th e time more than once, the n ew me asured time app ears at the beginnin g of the list. Y ou can scroll to see previous m easured times. Measure lap time Y ou can u se the lap time f unction when you want to track how long it takes to complete e ach cycle or lap. 1 Press Menu 10 4 ( Extras > Stopwatch ). 2 Scroll to Lap t iming , the n pres s Select . 3 Press Start . The running tim e appears on the screen. 4 T ake a lap time by pressing Lap . The clock s tops, then starts immediately from zero. The lap time appears below the r unning time. If you take mor e than 1 la p time, the new measured t ime appears at the beginnin g of the list. Y ou can scroll to see previous m easured times. When you pres s Stop , the total time appears at the top. Stop the clock Press Stop to end the time measuremen t. Save the time 1 While the clock is running, press Sto p , then Opti ons . 2 Scroll to Save , then pres s Select . 3 Enter a name for th e measur e ment, then press OK . If a n ame is not entered, the total tim e is used as a title .
17 [ 122 ] Choose other stopwatch options Y ou can ch oose th e following options when using the Stopwatch . Note about stopwatch operation Using the stopwatch con sumes the battery and the phone's oper ating time will be red uced. Be careful not to l et it run in the background when performing oth er operations with your phon e. If you pres s and return to the Sta rt screen , the clock co nti nu es t o r un in th e b ac k gro u nd an d th e icon appears in th e upper left corner of the screen . T o return to the Stopwatch scr een, take the following steps: 1 Press Menu 10 4 ( Extras > Stopwatch ), scroll to Co nti n ue . 2 Press Select . T o stop the clock, press Stop . ⢠SH ARE BUSI NE SS C ARDS Y our phone can sen d or receive electronic business cards consisting of a name and phone number . Y ou can save received business cards to your phone book. The re ar e 2 ways t o send a b usi ness car d: Cho ice What it does Continue Shows up when the S topwatch is workin g in the background. Show last ti me Allows you to view the last measured time. View times Allows you to br owse the saved times. Erase times Allows you to dele te the saved tim es. Y ou can delete the saved time s one by on e or all at once.
[ 123 ] Y our persona l digital assistant 17 ⢠Y ou can send th e information via IR. Se e Chapter 18 âÂÂY our phone and other devicesâ for details. ⢠Y ou can se nd the bus iness card as a shor t text messa ge. Send a business c ard as a short text message 1 Recall the n ame from your ph one book. 2 Press Det ails , if shown, or skip to Step 3 . 3 Press Optio ns . 4 Scroll to Send bus. card and press Select . 5 Scroll to Via text msg . and press Select . 6 Enter or recall the phone number to which you want to send the business c ard. 7 Press OK . Note: For information on receiving business cards, see â Receive a business card from another deviceâ on page 128. ⢠USE THE CALCULATOR Y our phoneâÂÂs calculator adds, subtracts, multipl ies, divi des, com putes squar e roots, and converts curr encies. This ca lculator has a limited accura cy and rounding er rors may occur , especially in long divis ions. Wa r n i n g : Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch on the phone w hen wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Add, subtract, m ultiply and divide 1 Press Menu 6 ( Cal cu lat o r ).
17 [ 124 ] 2 Enter the first number in the calculation. ⢠Press to enter a decimal point and press Cl ear to erase an y mist ak es. ⢠T o add, press ( appears) ⢠T o su btract, press 2 times (- appears) ⢠T o multiply , press 3 times ( â appears) ⢠T o divide, pr ess 4 times (/ appears) 3 E nter t he s eco nd n umb er , re pe atin g s teps as ne ed ed. 4 Press Optio ns . Equals is selected. 5 Press Select . Use the square and square root functions Y ou can us e the calculator for fin ding the square of a number or the sq uare ro o t of a numb er . 1 Press Menu 6 ( Cal cu lat o r ). 2 Enter the number . 3 Press Optio ns , scroll to Square or Square root , then press Sel ect . Convert currency SET THE EXCHANG E RATE 1 Press Menu 6 ( Cal cu lat o r ), then press Opti on s . 2 Scroll to Exchange rate , the n pres s Select . 3 Scroll to Home u nits conv erted to forei gn un its or Forei gn units converted to home uni ts , then press Select . 4 Press Clea r to remove any numbers fr om the Exchange rate box. 5 Enter the ex change rate (press to enter a de cimal point). 6 Press OK . Note: The ex change rate r emains in the ph oneâÂÂs m emory until you replace it.
[ 125 ] Y our persona l digital assistant 17 CON VE RT A C URR E NCY A MOU NT 1 Enter the amount to be converted. 2 Press Optio ns . 3 Scroll to T o home to convert to dom estic units or To f o r e i g n to convert to foreign units. 4 Press Select .
18 [ 126 ] 18 Y our phone a nd oth er devices Y our phone can sen d and receive certain types of data by way of the infrared (IR) port. This is a wir eless transfer , so you donâÂÂt need a cable or additional software. T o connect using IR, the device with w hich you want to connect must be IrDA (Infrared Da ta Ass ociation) compliant. Tr ansmission an d reception must be to or from a compatible phone or d evice (for example, an other phone, computer , or h andheld device). Do not point the IR (InfraRed) be am at anyoneâÂÂs eye or allow it to interfere with other IR devices. T his device is a Class 1 Laser product. Note: Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phon e on w hen wirel ess phone use is pr ohibit ed o r w h en it may cause in terferen ce or danger . ⢠PREPARE THE DEV ICES FOR IR CONNEC TION Before you can exchange information, you need to follow these ste ps: 1 Clear any obstructions between the 2 devices. 2 P oint the I R ports at each other . 3 Make sure the 2 devices are no mor e than 3 feet (0.9 Meter s) apart.
[ 127 ] Y our phone and other devices 18 ⢠INFRARE D BASICS Y ou can use I R to send and re ceive phone book entries (business cards) and calendar notes. 1 Make sure the 2 devices are ready for the IR connection. 2 T o receive information on your phone, press Menu 9 ( Infrare d ) and then pr ess Select . 3 Have the u ser of th e sending device select the desired IR function to start data tr ansfer . If data transfer is not started within 2 m inut e s, the connection is cancelled and w ill have to be restarted. Note: Y ou do not have to âÂÂturn of fâ the I R function in your phone. After data tra nsfer , the IR connection a utomatically drops a fter about 2 minutes. Check the status of an IR connection The statu s of an IR con nection is indicated by . ⢠When is displayed continuously , there is an IR conne ction between your phone an d the other device. ⢠When blinks, your phone is trying to establish a connection with the othe r device or a connection h as been lost. ⢠When is not displayed, no IR connection exists. ⢠SEND AND RECEIVE INFORMATION Y ou can tran smit inf ormation in your phon e by infr ared (IR) u sing the industry-standar d v .card format. Y ou can send an d receive b usiness cards (v .car d format) to a nother compat ible phone, to a PC r unning th e appropriate softw are, or to oth er co mpatibl e IR -equip ped handheld devi ces.
18 [ 128 ] Send a business card to another device First, make su re that the other phone or device is set to receive data via its IR port. Re fer to the user guide f or the r eceiving device for mor e information on setting u p IR communications. 1 Recall the n ame from your ph one book. 2 Press Det ails , if shown, or skip to Step 3 . 3 Press Optio ns . 4 Scroll to Send bus. card and press Select . 5 Scroll to Via infrar ed and press OK . Note: If you have more than one number or text information to send, choose Prim ary no . or All det ail s , th en pre ss Select . The phon e sends the busine ss card throug h its IR port. Receive a business card from another device Y ou can receive business cards from another compatible phone. 1 P oint the I R ports at each other . 2 Press Menu 9 ( Infrar ed ). 3 When you see the m essage Busi ness card re ceiv ed , press Show . 4 Press Optio ns , scroll to Save or Disca rd , th en pre ss OK . â¢I f y o u p r e s s Save , you see the conf irmation m essage Busi ness card saved . â¢I f y o u p r e s s Disca rd , you see th e question Disca rd bus ine ss card? Press OK to delete the card. Cautio n: If y ou pre ss Exit at a ny tim e befor e sa ving th e busin ess card, the business card will be deleted!
[ 129 ] Y our phone and other devices 18 Send calendar not es to another device First, make su re that the other phone or device is set to receive data via its IR port. Re fer to the user guide f or the r eceiving device for mor e information on setting u p IR communications. 1 Selec t the c alend ar not e you wa nt to se nd, then pres s Opti ons . 2 Scroll to Send note , then pres s Select . 3 Scroll to Send via IR , then press Select . The phone sends the note to the other device. Receive calendar notes from another device Y ou can receive calendar from another compatible phone. 1 P oint the I R ports at each other . 2 Press Menu 9 ( Infrar ed ). 3 When you see the m essage Calendar not e r eceived , press Show . 4 Press Optio ns , scroll to Save or Disca rd , th en pre ss Select . â¢I f y o u p r e s s Save , you see the conf irmation m essage Cal e nd ar note saved . â¢I f y o u p r e s s Disca rd , you see th e question Disca rd calendar note? Press OK to delete the note. Cautio n: If y ou pres s Exit at any time before sa ving the calendar note, the calen dar note w ill be delete d! ⢠PC CO NN EC TIV IT Y Y ou can make a serial connection betwee n your Nokia phone and your Infrared-equ ipped laptop or desktop PC. On ce you establish this IR connection, you can access your phoneâÂÂs infor mation from your PC, or use your phone as a wireless modem.
18 [ 130 ] Nokia PC Suite Y o u can use the variou s componen ts of Noki a PC Suite to do the follow ing: ⢠Make a backu p copy of personal data such as contacts and calendar infor mation from your phon e to another phone or PC (Con tent Co pie r). Note: If you already have a Nokia ph one, you can copy you r names and numbers to th e 8390 with Content Copier . Com patible phones inclu de t he N ok ia 5 19 0, 6 190 , 829 0, 8890, 7 160 , 7 190, 6 360, 33 20 and 3360 . ⢠Edit phone bo ok names and numbers, pr ofiles, and settings via your PCâÂÂs keyboard (Ph one editor). ⢠Cr eate ne w ri ngin g tone s and send th em to your ph one (PC Com pos er). ⢠Synchronize your phoneâÂÂs contacts an d calendar items with applic ations such as Microsoft Outlook, Outlook Express, and Lotus Notes (PC Sync). ⢠Compose new graphics and transfer from your PC to you r phone (PC Gr aphics). Instructions for PC Suite in stallation and setup, as well as the PC/PDA connectivity guide are available as part of the sof tware download. Wireless modem setup Y ou can u se your Nokia phone as a w ireless modem w ith your laptop computer , givin g you access to the Inter net (for e-mail an d W eb browsin g) or corporat e networks where ver you are. For more i nformation on wireless m odem setup , please refer to the PC/ PDA connectivity gui de. This document can be downloaded f rom the Nokia website. Download Nokia PC Suite and Modem Setup Both of th ese applications are pr ovide d fr ee of charge, and are ava ilable for download from: http://www .nokia.c om
[ 13 1 ] Y our phone and other devices 18 ⢠GPRS DIAL-UP CONNECTIONS When you use your No kia ph one as a wireless modem, you have the option of enabling GP RS con nectivity fro m y our PC or laptop computer . Note: Before you can use GPRS for dial-up connections you must first su bscribe to the GPRS ne twork service. Contact your service provider for de tails on pricing and availability . Some serv ice providers m ay have already set up infor mation for your GPRS dial-up connection. For more information, see the PC/PDA connectivity guide. This document can be down loaded from th e Nokia website: http://www .nokia.c om
19 [ 132 ] 19 Fun an d ga mes ⢠GAME RULES Challenge yourself or a f rien d to the 4 fun gam es in your phone. Wa r n i n g : Y our phone must be s witched on to use this function. Do not switch on the ph one when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interfer ence or danger . Start a new game 1 Press Menu 5, s crol l t o Select game , then pres s Select . 2 Scroll to the desired game, and press Select . Adjust game settings 1 T o adjust sound, lights or vibra, pr ess Menu 5, scr oll to Settin gs , then press Select . 2 Scroll to the de sired setting and press Sel ect . â¢S N A K E 2 Feed the snake with as many goodies as possible and watch it grow . U se keys 2, 4, 6 , and 8 to turn the snake toward food. The longer the snakeâÂÂs tail grows, the higher your score. Y ou can choose to have a clear field, or select from 5 different ma zes. If the snake runs into its own tail or th e surrounding wall, the ga me is over . Start a 2-playe r game Snake can be play ed as a 2-player game using th e IR ports of 2 phon es . Before starting a 2- player game, make sure that the IR ports of the 2 devices are po inting at each other and that the IR connection is activated. Both players need to start the same game on their phones.
[ 133 ] Fun and gam es 19 â¢S N O W B O A R D I N G The object of the game is to get a high score by pulling as many tricks as you c an . While in the air , the trick in dicator will appear . T ry to com plete tricks by using different key press com bi nations. L and using the 5 key . T ricks must begin and en d on the mar kers. Big air m ode Catch huge air and go for your best combo tricks on the big ramp. Downhill mode Ride to the bottom of the slope as fa st as you can. Use 4 to steer lef t and 6 to steer right, 5 to ju mp. Halfpipe mode Ride the half-pipe pulling as m any tricks as you can for the most points. Use 4 to steer lef t and 6 to steer right, 5 to ju mp. ⢠BUM PER Bumper is like the arcade game pi nball. The object of the game is to get a high score by ke eping your ball on th e table for as lon g as you can by using the flippers. Press 5 to launch the ball. Hold down the 5 key to get more power . Use keys 1 and 3 to control the flippers. Us e the keys 4 and 6 to nudge the table - bu t not too m uch or the game will tilt. â¢P A I R S 2 Uncover pictures to f ind pairs, but use as fe w tries as possible. In Arcade mode, you m ust find all the pairs before the bom b explodes. Move the cur sor wi th k eys 2, 4, 6, and 8. Pre ss 5 to re veal t he pictur es .
20 [ 134 ] 20 Ref eren ce info rmati on ⢠BATTERIES , CHARGERS , AND ACCESSORIES This section provides information about the phoneâÂÂs batteries, accessories, and chargers. Be aware that the in formation in thi s section is subject to change as the ba tteries, chargers, and accessories change. Check the model number of any charger before use with this device. This phone is intende d for use when su pplied with power from an ACP-7U, an ACP-8U, LCH-8 or an L CH-9 charger . Other usage could invalidate any approval given to this appar atus and may be dangerous. Wa r n i n g : Use only batte ries, charge r and accessorie s approved by the phon e manu factu rer fo r use with this part icular phone mo del. The use of any other typ es may invalid ate any approv al or war ranty applyin g to the phon e, and ma y be dange rous. For availabi lity of approv ed accessorie s, ple ase check with your deale r . Note: For inform ation o n how to charge and rechar ge your batt ery , re fer to âÂÂC harg e t he ba tte ryâ on pa ge 1 0. When the ba tte ry i s f ully charged, the indicator will tell you that th e battery is f ully charged. When you are n ot using a charger , disconne ct it from the pow er source. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger for more than a week, since prolonged maintenance charging could sh orten its life span . If left unused, a fully-charged battery w ill discharge itself over time. T emperature extremes can affect the ability of your battery to charge. Therefore, allow it to cool down or warm u p before tr ying to charge it. When the battery is running out of power and your phone only has a few minutes of talk time remaining, a warning tone sou nds and the Ba tte ry low message a ppe ars briefly . When no more talk tim e is left, a warning tone is sounded and the phone switches itself of f.
[ 135 ] Referen ce information 20 Do not short-circu it the battery . Accidental short-circuiting can occur when a metallic object, li ke a coin, a clip, or a pen causes a di rect connection of the and - terminals of the battery , w hich are metal strips on the ba ck of the ba tte ry . For example, a short-circuitin g could occur if you carry a spar e battery in your pocket or purse, where the battery could come in to contact with objects such as a coin. Short-circuiting cou ld damage either the battery or the con necting object. Leaving the battery in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in either summer or wint er conditions, w ill reduce th e capacity and lifetime of th e batter y . Always try to keep th e battery between 15ðC and 25 ðC (5 9ðF and 77ð F). A phone with a hot or cold battery may not work temporarily , even if the battery is fully charged. The performance of Li-Ion bat teries is partic ularly limited in temperatures below 0ðC (32ðF). The following list p rovides guidelin es that you can foll ow: ⢠When the operating tim e (talk time and standby time) is noticeably short er than norm al, buy a ne w batter y . ⢠Use t h e battery on ly for its intended purpose. ⢠Never use an y charger or ba ttery that is dam aged and/or worn out. ⢠Batteries must be recycled or disposed of properly . Do not dispose of batteries by putting them in f ire! ⢠When you disconnect the power cord of an y accessory , gras p and pull the plug, no t the cord. ⢠I MPORTANT SAFETY INFORM ATION This section provides additional safety information. A brief ove rview can be found in âÂÂFor your safetyâ on page 1. T raffic safety Do not use a handheld telephone while driving a vehicle. Always park the vehicle befor e using the ph one.
20 [ 136 ] After com p leting y our phone conversation, a lways secure th e phone back into its h older; do not place the phone on the passenger seat or place it where it can break loose in a collision or during a sudden stop. Note: The use of an alert device to ope rate a vehicleâÂÂs lights or horn on pu blic roads is not perm itte d. Rem e mb er : SafetyâÂÂY ou r most important call. Operating environment Remember to f ollow any special r egulations that are in force in any area, and always switch off your phone wherever it is forbidden to use it. Otherwise, the u se of your phone cou ld cause interference or danger . When connecting the phone or any accessory to another device, read the associat ed user guide f irst and obta in detailed safety instructions. Note: Do not connect in compatible products. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipm ent, you are advised that, for the satisfactor y operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, it is recommende d that the phone should only be u sed in the normal operating position. This position is when the ph one is he ld to your ear with th e antenna pointing over your shoulder . Electronic devices Most modern electronic equ i pment is shielded from radio frequency (RF) signals. However , certain elect ronic eq uipm ent may n ot be shie lded again st the RF signals from y ou r wireless phone. The following four s ubsections provide more information about th i s topic. PA C E M A K E R S P acemaker manufacturers r ecommend that a minimum separation of 6 inch e s (2 0 cm) s hould be maintained between a h andheld wireless phone an d a pacemake r to avoid potent ial inter ference with the p acema ker . Thes e re com mendat io ns ar e cons ist ent with t he i nde pend ent resear ch by and recommen dations of Wirele ss T echnolo gy Resear ch. P e rs ons wi t h pacemakers :
[ 137 ] Referen ce information 20 ⢠Should always keep th e phone m ore than 6 inches (20 cm) from their pacemakers when the phone is switched on. ⢠Should not carry the phone in a bre ast pocket. ⢠Should use th e ear opposite th e pacemaker to minimize the potential fo r interfer ence . Note: If you have any reason to su spect that interference is taking place, switch of f your phone immediately . HE ARI NG AI DS Some digital wireless phones could interf ere with some h earing aids. In the even t of s uch interf erence , you m ay want to consult your service provider . OTHER MED ICAL DEVICES Operation of a ny radio transmitting equipment, including cellu lar phones, could interfere with the f unctionality of inadequately pr otected medical devices. Consult a physician or the manufacturer of the medical device to determine i f they are adequ ately shielded f rom external R F energy . Also contact these author ities if you have any questions. Sw itch off you r pho ne in he alth care f aci liti es or whe re any post ed reg ula tio ns instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities could be using equipmen t that is sensitive to extern al RF ener gy . VE H I C L E S RF signals could affe ct improperly installed or in adequatel y sh ielded electronic systems in m otor vehicles. These could in clude electronic fuel injectio n systems, electronic anti-skid (anti-loc k) braking systems, electro nic speed contr ol systems, or air bag sys tems. Check with the manufacturer or its represen tative regarding your vehicle. Y ou should also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that has been a dded t o your v ehic le. P OSTED FACILITIES Switch your phone off in an y facility where posted notices s o require.
20 [ 138 ] P otentially explosive atmospheres Switch of f your pho ne if you are in any area that has a pote ntiall y explosi ve atmosphere, and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire, r esulting in bodily injury or even de ath. Y ou are a d vised to switch off the ph one while at a refueling point (service station). And, you are re minded o f the need to obse rve re striction s regarding the use of r adio equipment in fuel depots (fuel storage and distribution areas), chemical plants, or where blasting operations are in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atm osphere are oftenâÂÂbut not alwaysâ clearly marked. These a reas include the following: below deck on boats; chemical transfer or stor age facilities; veh icles using liquef ied petroleum gas (such as pr o pane or butane); areas where the air contains chemicals or pa rticles, such as grain, dust, or me tal powders; and a ny other area where you would normally be advised to tu rn off your vehicle engine. V ehicles Only qualified personnel should service the phone or install the phone in a vehicle. Faulty installation or service cou ld be dangerous a nd may invalidate any warranty that could apply to the unit. Regularly check th at all wir eless phone equi pment in your ve hicle is mounted and operating properly . Do not store or car ry flammable liquids, gases, or explosive materials in the same compartment as the phone, its parts, or its accessories. For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember that an air bag inflates with great force. Do n ot place objects, including both the installed or the portable wireless equipment, in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment ar ea. If the in-vehicle wireless equipment is improperly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury cou ld result. Switch off your phone before boarding an aircraft. The use o f wireless telep hones in an aircraf t may be danger ous to the operation of the aircraf t, may disrupt the wire less telephone ne twork, and may be illegal. F ailure to obser ve these instructions could lead to the sus pe nsion or the deni al of teleph one serv ices to th e offe nder , or it coul d result in leg al ac tion, or both s cenarios could apply .
[ 139 ] Referen ce information 20 ⢠EMERGE NCY CAL LS IMPO RTANT! This phone, like any wireless phone, operates using r adio signals, wireless and landline networ ks, and user-programmed functions. Becau se of t his, co nnection s in al l condi tions cann ot be gu aranteed. Ther efore, you s hould nev er re ly solely on any wir eless phone for essential communications (for example, medical emergencies). Remember , to make or receive any calls, th e phone m ust be switched on and be use d in a service area that has adequate signal strength. Emergency calls may n ot be possible on all wireless phone networks or when certain network services and/or phone features are in use. Ch eck with local service providers. Always make sure that your phone is properly charged before attempting any emergency calls. If you allow your battery to become empty , you will be unable to receive or m ake calls, including emergency calls. Y ou must then wait a few minut es after th e ch arging begin s to pl ace any emer gency calls. Make an Emergency Call 1 If the ph one is not on, switch it on . Some networks ma y require that a valid S IM card is properly in serted in the phone. 2 Enter the em ergency number for your pr esent location (for e xample, 9 1 1 or any oth er officia l emergency nu mberâÂÂemer gen cy numbers vary by location). 3 Press . If certain features are in use (K eyguard, fixed dialing, re strict calls, and so on), y ou may firs t nee d to tu rn th ose f ea tur es of f bef ore yo u c an m ak e an emer ge ncy ca ll . Con sul t thi s do cume nt an d you r local ce llu lar servic e pr ov ider . When making a n emergen cy ca ll, remember to give all of the necessary information as accurately as possible. Rem ember that your wireless phone may be the onl y means of commun ication at the scene of an accidentâ do not terminate the call u ntil given permission to do so.
20 [ 140 ] CERTIFIC A TIO N INFORMATION (SAR) THIS MO DE L PHO NE MEE TS THE GOV ERNME NT 'S REQU IREM ENTS FO R EXPOSURE T O RADIO W AVES. Y our wireless phon e is a radio transmitter and receiver . It is designed an d manufactured not to exceed th e emission li mits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. G overnment. These limits are part o f comprehe nsive guidelines and establish permitted leve ls of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standar ds that were developed by in dependen t scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile ph ones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FC C is 1.6W/kg.* Tests for SAR are conducted u sing standard operating pos i tions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified powe r level i n all tested f requency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified pow er level, the actual SAR level of the phone wh ile operating can be well be low the maximum value. This is because the phone is designed to op erate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power require d to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base station antenna, the lower the p ower output. Before a phone mo del is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it doe s not excee d the limit established by the governm ent-adopted requirement for safe ex posure. The tests are performed in posi tions and locations (for example, at the ear and worn on the body) as required by th e FCC for each m odel. The highest SAR v alue for this model phone as reported to th e FCC when tested for use at th e ear is 1.05 W/kg, and when w orn on the body , as described in this user guide, is 1.1 0 W/kg. (Body- worn measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available accessories and FCC requireme nts).
[ 14 1 ] Referen ce information 20 While there may be differe nces between the SAR le vels of various ph ones and at various positions, they al l meet the gove rnment requiremen t. The FCC h as granted an Equipment Authorization f or this model phone with all repor ted SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure gu idelines. SAR information on th is model phone is on file with the FCC and can be f ound under the Display Grant section of http: //w ww .f cc.g ov/o et/fc cid after searching on FCC ID LJP NSB-8 . For body worn operation, this phone has bee n tested and meets th e FCC RF exposure guidelines when used with the Nokia accessories supplied or designated for this product. U se of oth er accessories may not ensure compliance with FCC RF exposure gu idelines. *In the United States and Canada, the SAR li mit for m obile phones used by the public is 1 .6 watts/kilogram (W/kg) averaged over on e gram of tissue. The standard incorporates a substan tial ma rgin of safety to give additional protection for the pu blic and to account for any variation s in measurements. SAR values may vary dependi ng on national reporting requirements and the network band. For SAR in formation in other regions please look u nder product inf ormation at www .nokia.c om.
20 [ 142 ] ⢠CARE A ND MAINTENANCE Y our phone is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care. The suggestions below will he lp you to fulfill any warranty obliga tions and allow you to en joy this product for man y years. When using your phone, battery , charger , or any acc essory: ⢠K eep it and all its parts and accessories out of the reach of small children. ⢠K eep it dry . Precipitation, humidity , and liquids con tain minerals that will corrode e lectronic circuits. ⢠Do not use or store it in dusty , dirty areas as its moving parts can be damaged. ⢠Do not stor e i t in hot ar eas. High temperatures can shorten the li fe of electr oni c devic es, dam age batt erie s, and warp or melt ce rtain plast ics. ⢠Do not store it in cold ar eas. When the ph one warms up to its normal operating temperature , moistur e can form inside the ph one, whi ch could damage the phone's electronic circuit boards. ⢠Do not attempt to open it. Non-expert handling of th e device cou ld damage it. ⢠Do not drop, kn ock or shake it. Rough handling can break internal ci rcu it boa rds . ⢠Do not use harsh chemicals, cleaning solvents, or strong deter gents to clean it. Wipe it with a soft cloth that has been slightly dampened in a m ild soap-and-water solution. ⢠Do not paint it. P aint can clog the de viceâÂÂs moving parts an d preven t proper operation. If the ph one, battery , charger , or any accessory is n ot working properly , take it to your nearest qualified service facility . The personnel there will assist you , and if ne cessary , arra nge for service .
[ 143 ] Referen ce information 20 ⢠ACCESSORIES If you want to en hance your phoneâÂÂs functionality , a range of accessor ies is available for you. Y ou can select an y of these items to help accom modate your specific communication needs. For availability of these and other accessories, contact your dealer . A FEW PRAC TICAL RULE S FOR ACCESSORY OPE RAT ION ⢠K eep all accessories out of reach of small children. ⢠When you disconnect the power cord of an y accessory , gras p and pull the plug, no t the cord. ⢠Check regularly th at any vehicle-installed accessories ar e mounted and are operating properly . ⢠Installation of any complex car a ccessories must be m ade by qualified personnel onl y . Use only batteries, chargers, and accessories that have been approved by the phone manufacturer . The use of any other types could invalidate an y approval or warranty applying to the phone, and could be dangerous. Refer to âÂÂBatter ies, char ge rs, and access oriesâ on page 134 for important battery usa ge information. ⢠BATTERY INFORMATION This section pr ovides information about th e phoneâÂÂs battery . Be aware that the information in this section is subject to change. Note: The phone h as a lithium ion (Li-ion) battery . Dispose of used batteries in accordance with a ny local regu l ations. The tables shown in this section provide in formation about the battery that is available for your phone, ch arging times with the Standard Travel Charger (ACP-7U), the Rapid Travel Charger (ACP-8U), talk tim es, and standby times. Consult you r service provider for more information.
20 [ 144 ] Charging Times The charging time s listed below ar e approximate. Standby and T alk T imes The times shown in the following table are e stimates only and represent a range for either standby or talk times (not a combination of both). The operation time of th e battery depe nds on conditions such as: ⢠T ransmitti ng power level ⢠Signal (distance between the phone an d the base sta tion) ⢠Network parameter s define d by the ope rator ⢠Phone use (WAP , games, SMS) ⢠Charging procedure used ⢠CHARGER S AND OTHER AC CESSORIE S Thi s sec tion pr ovi des info rmat ion ab out th e phon eâÂÂs char ger s and acc ess orie s. Be aware that the information in this section is subject to chan ge as the char ge rs and acces sories change. The char gers and acc essories th at are de scribed in thi s section are availabl e for your p hone. Contact your dea ler for details. Also, re fer to the accessori es br oc hure th at was in cl ude d in your sales package for the entire line of Nokia Original Accessories. Ba ttery opti on ACP-7U Charge r AC P-8U Char ger BLB-2 Li -ion Ba ttery 75 0 mAh 3 hours 2 hr 1 0 mi n Ba ttery op tion Di gital talk ti me Standby time BLB-2 Li-ion Battery 750 mA h 2 h our s 20 mi nute s up to 4 ho urs Up to 4-16 days
[ 145 ] Referen ce information 20 Note: When a charger is not in use, disconnect it from the pow er source. Do not le ave the battery connected to a charger for longer than a week, since prolonged maintenance charging of the battery could shorten its life span. If left u nused, a fully charged battery will discharge itself over time. Standard T ravel Charger ( ACP-7U) This is a lightweight (187 g) a nd durable AC cha rger . T o use the Standard T ravel Ch arger , plug it into a standard 120 V AC wall ou tlet and connect the lead from the ch arger to the base of your phone. Note: If t he battery is completely empty , you cannot us e the phone until it has enough char ge to oper ate. Rapid T rave l Charger (ACP-8U) This is a lightweigh t (1 00 g) and durable AC charger . Calls can be made during charging, even with a fully discharged batt ery . T o use the Rapid Travel Charger (ACP-8U), plug it into a sta ndard 120 V or 22 0 V AC wall outlet, and conn ect the lead from the charger to the ba se of your phone. The charger ca n also be used together with the optional Desktop Charging Stand. Approxim ate charging times for discha rged batteries are sh ow n in âÂÂCharging T imesâ on page 144. Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charge r (LCH-9) Y ou can charge your phoneâÂÂs battery from your vehicle battery by using the Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9).
20 [ 146 ] Calls are possible during charging. A green light indicates that the charger is ready f or charging (when not ch arging). The battery char gi ng ti me s are the same as those for the Rapid Travel Charger (ACP-8U). The input voltage range is fr om 1 1 V to 32 V DC, negative grounding. Avoid prolo nged c harging with th e Rapi d Cigar ette L ighter Charger (LCH-9 ) when the car engine is not running; thi s could cause your car b attery to drain. Note also, that in some cars, the ciga rette ligh ter plug is not provided with electricity if th e ignition is not s witched on. Desktop Charging Stand (DCD-1) Used together with the Standard T ravel Charger (ACP-7U) or th e Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U), the De sktop Charging Stand is a stylish choice wh en you ne ed your phon e close at h and, always ready f or calls. This charging stand allows you to charge your phoneâÂÂs battery in an upright, obtaina ble position on your desk. Headset Kit (HDC-5) Small and lightweight, th e headset kit allows easy an d convenient han dsfree operation. The h eads e t has a foam earpiece cover for a com fortable fit and has a clip to hold it firmly in place. This headsetâÂÂs 4-wire 2.5 mm jack fits direc tly in to th e bot tom o f th e ph one, see âÂÂSet up your headse tâ on page 1 2 for more details. A remote control button located i n the microphone makes the headset conve nient to us e while answering or receiving calls. Y ou can use th e he adset with you r phone âÂÂs voice tag fe ature, see â Make a call using voice recogn itionâ on page 69 for m ore information.
[ 147 ] T echnical information 21 2 1 T echnical information W ei ght 2.9 o z. 83 g. with s tandard battery Size Leng th 96 mm Wi dth 43 mm De pth 17- 19 m m Trans mitti ng powe r GS M190 0, 1 W nom ina l Operating voltage 3.6 V DC 12V DC for car kit N etwor ks GS M 19 00 Frequency band GSM1900 1850 to 19 1 0 MH z (T X) 1930 to 199 0 MHz (RX ) Memory locations Up to 500 names in phone memory wi th up to 5 nu mber s and 4 text entries per n ame (dynamic memory); Ch eck with your SIM card provider or carrier for in formation about SIM card memory capacity .
[ 148 ] 22 22 T roublesho oting This section provides a table that lists some of th e most commonly encountered problems and provides possible causes and solution s. Pro ble m P ossible cau se P o ssib le s olu tion My phone isnâÂÂt charging. The charger a nd the phone are not proper ly connected. Securely con nect the charger to the phone. The charger is not properly plugge d in. Make sure that the charger is plu gged in correctly . My phone isnâÂÂt making/answ ering calls . The battery is not charged. Charge the battery . The signal str ength is poor . If you are indoors, move towa rd a wi ndo w . I can âÂÂt liste n to my vo ice messag es. Y ou don âÂÂt have voice mail service. Call your wireless service provider . Y ou h ave no t set up your voice mailbox with your service provider . Call your wireless service provider . Y ou have not saved your voice mail n umber in your phone. Re fer to âÂÂUs e vo ice featuresâ on page 64. The voice mail number you have saved is inc orrect. Call your wireless service provider . Y ou have fo rgot ten y our password or are en tering it incorrectly . Call your wireless service provider .
[ 149 ] NOKIA One-Y e ar Limited W arra nty Nokia Inc. (âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ) war rants that this cellular phone (âÂÂProductâÂÂ) is f ree from defects in mater ial and workmanship that result in Product failure during normal usage, accor ding to the following ter ms and conditions: 1 The limit ed wa rranty for the Product e xtends for ONE (1) year be ginning on the date of the pu rchase of the Product. This on e year pe riod is extended by each wh ole day that the Product is out of you r possession for repair under th is warranty . 2 The l imited wa rranty extends o nly to the or igina l purchase r (âÂÂCon sumerâÂÂ) of the Product and is not assignable or tran sferable to any s ubseque nt purchaser/end- u ser . 3 The limited warranty extends on ly to Consu mers who purch ase the Product in the United States of A mer ica. 4 During the limited warranty period, Nokia w ill repair , or replace, at NokiaâÂÂs sole option, any defective parts, or any parts that will n ot properly oper ate for their intende d use with new or r efurbished replacement items if such repair or replacement is needed because of product malfunction or failure du ring normal usage. No charge will be m ade to the Consumer f or any such parts. Nokia will also pay for the labor ch arges incurred by Nokia in repairing or replacing the defective parts . The lim ited warranty does n ot cover defects in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or structural items, including framing, and any non-operative par ts. NokiaâÂÂs lim it of liability under the limited warranty shall be th e actual cas h value of the Product at the time th e Consumer returns the Product for repair , de termined by the price paid by the Consumer for the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. Nokia shall not be liable for any oth er losses or damages . The se re med ies a re the Consume râÂÂs e xclusive re medies for breach of warranty .
[ 150 ] 5 Upon request from Nokia, the C onsumer mu st prove the date of the original purchase of the Product by a dated bill of sale or dated itemized receipt. 6 The Consumer shall bear the cost of shipping the Product to Nokia in Melbourne, Florida. Nokia shall bear the cost of shipping the Product back to the Consumer after the completion of service under th i s limited warranty . 7 The Consumer shall have no coverage or ben efits under this limited warranty if any of the following conditions ar e applicable: a) The Product has bee n subjected to abnormal use, abnormal conditions, improper storage, exposure to moisture or dampness, unauthorized modifications, unauthorized connections, unauthorized repair , m isuse, neglect, abu se, accident, alteration, improper installation, or othe r acts which are not the fault of Nokia, including damage caused by shipping. b) The Product has bee n damaged from ex ternal causes such as collision with an obje ct, or f rom fire, floodin g, sand, dirt, windstorm, lightning, earthquake or damage fr om exposure to weather conditions, an Act of God, or battery leakage, theft, blown fuse, or improper u se of any electri cal source, damage caused by computer or internet viruses, bugs, w orms, Tr oj an Horses, cancelbots or damage caused by the connection to oth er products not r ecommended for interconnection by Nokia. c) Nokia was not advised in writing by the Consumer of th e alleged defect or malfunction of the Product with in fourteen (14 ) days after the e xpiration of the applicab le limited warr anty period. d) The Product se rial number plate o r the accessory data code has been r emoved, de faced or altered. e) The defect or damage w as cau sed by th e defective function of the cellular system or by inadequate sign al reception by the ex ternal antenna, or viruses or oth er software proble ms introduced into the Product.
[ 15 1 ] 8 Nokia does not warrant u ninterr upted or error-fr ee ope ration of the Product. If a problem develo ps during the lim ited warranty period, the Consumer shall take the f ollowing step-by-step pr ocedure: a) The Consumer shall return the Pr oduct to the place of purchase for repair or r eplacement processing. b) If â a â is not con venient because of distance (more than 50 miles) or for other good cause, the C onsumer shall ship the Pr oduct prepaid and insured to: Nokia Inc., Attn: Repair Department 795 West Nas a Blvd. Melbourne, FL 3290 1 c) The Consumer shall include a return address, daytime phone number and/or fax number , complete description of the problem, proof of purchase and service agreement (if appl icable). Expenses related to removing the Product from an installation are not covered under th is limited warranty . d) The C onsumer will be billed for any p arts o r lab or char ges not covered by this li mited warr anty . The C onsu mer wi ll be resp onsi ble for any expe nses relate d to reinstall ation of the Produ ct. e) Nokia will re pair the Produ ct under the lim ited warranty with in 30 days after receipt of th e Product. If Nokia cannot perform repairs covered under this limited warranty with in 30 days, or after a reasonable number of attempts to repair the same defect, Nokia at its option, will provide a replacement Product or r e fund the purchase price of the Product less a reasonable amount for usag e. In some states the C onsum er m ay have th e right to a loaner i f the repair of the Product takes more than ten ( 1 0) days. Please cont act the Custom er Ser vice Center at Nokia at the telephone nu mber listed at the end of th is warranty if you n eed a loaner and the repai r of the Product has taken or is estimated to take more than ten (1 0 ) days.
[ 152 ] f) If the Product is r eturned durin g the limited warran ty period, but the problem with the Product is not covered under the ter ms and conditions of this limited w arranty , th e Consumer will be n otified and given an estim ate of the char ges the Consumer must pay to have the Product repaired, with all shipping charges billed to the Consumer . I f the estimate is refused, the Product will be r eturned freight collect. If th e Product is returned after the e xpiration of the limited warranty per iod , NokiaâÂÂs normal servic e policies shall apply and th e Cons umer will be r esp onsible for all shipping ch arges. 9 Y ou ( the Cons umer) und ers tand th at t he p roduct may c ons ist o f refurbished equipment that contains used components, some of which have been repr ocessed. The used componen ts comply w ith Product performance and r eliability specifications. 10 ANY I MPLIE D WARRANTY O F M ERCHANTABILIT Y , O R FI TNESS F OR A P ART ICUL AR PURPO SE OR USE, SHALL BE LIMI TED T O THE DURA TION OF TH E FOREGO ING LIMIT ED WRI TT EN WA R RAN TY . O THE RWIS E, TH E FOREGO ING L IMITED W ARRANT Y IS TH E CON SUMER âÂÂS SOLE AND EXC LUSI V E REME D Y AND IS IN LI EU OF AL L OTHER W AR RAN TIES , EXPRESS OR IMPL I ED. NOK I A SHALL NO T BE LIABLE FO R SPECIAL, INCIDE NTAL, PUNIT IVE O R CONSE QUENTI AL DA MAGES, INCLU DING BU T N O T LI MITE D T O LO SS OF ANTI CIP A TED BE NEF ITS O R P ROF ITS , LOSS OF SA VINGS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF DAT A, PUNITIVE DAMA GES, LOS S OF USE OF THE PR ODUC T OR ANY AS SOC IA TE D EQUI PME NT , COST OF CAPITAL, COST OF ANY SUBS TITUTE EQUIPMENT OR FAC ILI TIES , D OWN TIM E, TH E CL A IMS OF ANY T HIRD PARTI ES, INCLUD ING CUS TOMERS, AND INJU RY T O PR OPERTY , RE SULTING FROM TH E PURC HAS E OR US E OF T HE PROD U CT OR AR ISI NG FROM BREA CH OF THE WARRAN TY , B REACH OF CO NTRAC T , NE GLIGE NC E, STRICT TORT , OR AN Y OTHER LE GAL OR EQUITABLE T HEO RY , E VEN IF NOKI A KNEW OF T HE LIK EL IHOO D OF SU CH D AMA GES . N OKIA SH ALL NOT BE LI ABLE FO R DELA Y IN REN DERING SERVICE UNDE R TH E LIMI TE D W ARR ANT Y , OR L OSS OF U SE D URIN G TH E P ERIOD TH AT THE PRODUCT IS BE ING RE P AIR ED.
[ 153 ] 11 Some states do not allow lim itation of how long an im plied war ranty lasts, s o the one year war ranty limitat io n may not a pply to you (th e Consumer). Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental and consequential damages, so certain of th e above limitations or exclu sions may not apply to you (the C onsumer). This limited warranty gives the Con sumer specific legal r ights and the Consumer ma y also have other rights which vary f rom state to state. 12 Nokia neither assum e s nor authorizes any authorized service cen ter or any oth er person or entity to assu me for it any other obligation or liability beyond that which is ex pressly provided for in this limite d warranty including the provider or seller of any extended warranty or serv ic e agree men t. 13 This is the entire warranty between Nokia and th e Consumer , and super sedes all prio r and c onte mporane ous ag reem ents or unde rstandi ngs, oral or wr itten, relating to the Pr oduct, and no r e presentation, promise or condition not contained herein shall modify these terms. 14 This limited war ranty allocates the risk of f ailure of the Pr oduct between the Consumer and Nokia. The allocation is r ecognized by the Con sumer and is reflected in the pu rchase price. 15 Any action or lawsuit for breach of warranty must be commenced within eightee n (18) month s following purchase of th e Product. 16 Questions c oncernin g this limited warranty may be directed to: Nokia Inc. Attn: Customer Service 7725 W oodland Center Blvd., Ste. 150 Tam p a, F L 3 3 6 1 4 T el epho ne: 1- 888 -NOK IA -2U (1 -888 -665 -422 8) F acs imil e: (8 13) 287- 66 12 TTY/T DD Use rs O nly : 1- 80 0-24 -NO KIA (1- 800- 246 -654 2) 17 The limited warranty period for Nokia su pplied attachm e nts and accessories is specifically defined within their own warranty cards and packaging. *Nokia is a registered tr ademark of Nokia Corporation .
[ 154 ] In de x Numerics 1-t ouch d ial ing assign ing a n umber 61 chan ge a 1-touch numbe r 62 eras e a 1-t ouc h numb er 62 A ABC mode 32 accessibility solutions 5 accessibility website 5 accessible features 6 accessories 143 accessory char ging stand 146 cigarette lighter c harger 145 connection port 13 heads et ki t 146 loopset 5 rapid travel charger 145 standa rd travel ch arger 145 active call options activate/cancel call waiting 52 answer a waiting call 52 call waiting 52 end the active call 53 reject a waiting call 52 switch between calls 52 third call waiting 53 al arm c lo ck 11 8 delay alarm 11 8 snooze 11 8 ans wer a ca ll 20 answer call with any key 59 answer waiting call 52 an ten na contact 15 how to hold th e phone 15 location 14, 15 performance 15 anykey answ er 59 audiocassette 5 authority certificates 111 automatic redial 60 B batter y avoid short-circuiting 135 char ge 10 check s trength 16 empty 11 indication on screen 16 install 9 power 16 prolonged charging 134 recycle 135 re move 11 tempera tur e range 135 battery c harger connec tion 13 battery low indicatio n 134
[ 155 ] block international calls 91 bookmark set while browsing 11 0 bookmarks 11 0 Braille 5 browser use bookmarks 11 0 browser options 10 8 business c ards 122 se nd as t ex t m es sage 123 se nd usi ng IR 128 sending 122 C cache memory 11 0 calculator 123 calendar 11 4 mak e a not e 11 4 se nd not e 11 6 se t a re mi nder 11 5 cale nda r note s se nd vi a IR 129 set an a larm 11 5 call cos ts features 49 call f orwarding 57 call log 44 call r e strictions cancel 91 call tim e rs 47 call waiting 52 caller groups ad d na me s 79 assign r inging tone 79 graphics 81 re move na me s 79 re name 80 caller ID 20 car kit plug in 13 car profile 77 care and mainten ance 142 chat 101 change ni ckname 102 view history 10 2 check volume 16 clock 12 h our 78 24 h our 78 al ar m 11 8 display the clock 78 set the clock 77 closed user grou ps 92 code personal unblocking key 89 security 89 conference calls 56 connect battery charger 13 connection port 13 convert currency 124 coun td own t ime r 11 9 covers, ch anging 83
[ 156 ] D Data call history 50 Desktop Charging Stand 146 dictionary add word 36 difference between mute and hold 55 disconnect from wir eless Int ernet 11 0 display la nguage 77 downloading ringin g tones 82 E e-ma il enter in phone book 39 save address 39 e-mail address sav e 40 e-mail message se nd 97 emergency call make while using G PRS 11 3 emergency calls 139 end a call 20 end key 20 enter characte rs 33 enter letters ABC mode 32 entering letters and numbe rs special char acters 34 standard text in put 32 erase phone book entries 42 explosive areas phone us e 138 F factory settings default settings 82 fixed dialing 90 G games 132 bumper 133 pairs 2 133 snake 2 132 snowboarding 133 GPRS 10 6 call h istory 44 check data call history 44 dial-up connections 13 1 make a ca ll whi le online 11 3 phone symbols 11 2 receive a call while on line 11 3 voice tags 69 graphics associate with caller group 81 H handsfree operation 70
[ 157 ] heads et connect 12 make and answer calls 12 plug in 13 se t u p 12 use 12 Hea dset Kit 146 hearing a ids 137 hel p text 23 I icons 17 idle screen 16 IMEI 6 in-call options access menus 55 access the phone book 55 conference calls 56 end all calls 55 make a n ew call 54 mute the m icrophone 55 put a ca ll on hold 54 se nd to uch to nes 54 information m essage servic e 10 4 install SIM card 8 international call 62 international calls prefix 34 restrict access 91 International Mobile Equipment Identification 6 Int ernet connect with your phone 107 IR connection between 2 phones 126 check s tatus 127 phone symbols 127 phone to computer 129 K keyguard 86 keypad avoid accidental keypresses 86 lock 86 keys and features an ten na 14 back cover release 14 bottom 13 display 13 earpiece 13 end key 13 fro nt 13 left side 14 microphone 13 number keys 13 scroll k eys 13 selection keys 13 talk key 13 volume buttons 14 L label 6
[ 158 ] language 77 English 77 French 77 phone support 77 Spanish 77 large print 5 lights car profile 77 keypad and display 13 lock codes PIN codes 88 PUK codes 89 loopset 5 plug in 13 profile 76 se t as d ef au lt 76 loopset connection 13 LPS-3 5 M mak e a ca l l 19 use the phone book 19 make an emergency call while on line 11 3 make an international call 62 me mor y 43 me nus list of items 24 selecting a m enu 22 message settings mess age cen ter numb er 94 message mode 94 me ssa ges check text messages 99 check voice mail 65 microphone mut e 55 missed calls 45 model number 6 Modem setup download 130, 13 1 N Nokia Custom er Car e phone inf ormation 6 reque st alternate form at 5 TTY nu mber 5 Nokia PC Su ite 130 Nokia website 130, 13 1 O online help 23 onscreen help 23 P pacemaker 136 PC Connectivity 129 PC Suite 130 Content Copier 130 download 130, 13 1 instructions 130 PC Composer 130
[ 159 ] PC Graphics 130 PC Sync 130 PC/PDA connectivity guide 130 Phone editor 130 transfer graphics from PC to phone 130 transfer phone book info 130 phone an ten na 14 back cover 14 care and maintenanc e 142 check s ignal 16 fr eque ncy ba nds 147 operating voltage 147 tran smitting power 147 turn on 15 phone book add entry 32 erase na me s and numbers 42 fe atu re s 31 fi nd na mes 41 mak e a ca ll 19 me mor y 43 me nu 31 options 31 phone book menus 63 sav e na me s and num ber s 39 phone label 6 phone size 147 phone symbols 17 phone usage and gas stations 138 phone usage and hearing aids 137 phone us age and me dical de vic es 137 phone usage and p acemakers 136 phone usage and ve hicles 137 phone weigh t 147 picture messages sending wi th text 10 4 viewing 10 4 PIN code 88 power button location 15 power ke y 13 predictive text input 35 ad d wor d 36 example 35 language su pport 35 shortc uts 37 turn off 36 turn on 35 use keys 37 profile hand sf re e 75 timed 75 profiles car kit 77 customizing 73 for ac ces s orie s 75 loopset 76 PUK c ode 89 punctuation how to enter 33
[ 160 ] R Rapid Cigarette L ighter Charger 145 Rapid T ravel Charger 145 reception 16 re co rd voi ce me mo 65 redial a call 21 reject a call 20 re move batt e ry 11 restore factory s e ttings 82 restrict calls 90 ringing tones download 82 receive fr om network 82 S scroll bar 23 scroll keys 22 security code 87, 8 9 default 89 secu rity feat ures keyguard 86 personal unblocking key 89 PIN code 88 pre vent una ut hor ized us e 88 PUK code 89 require password 88 restrict calls 90 selection keys 22 se ria l n um ber 6 service command e ditor 10 5 signal strength indicator 16 silence a call 20 SIM card 8 avoid damage 9 hand li ng 9 install 8 me mor y 43 SIM card fe atu re fixed dialing 90 speed-dial 61 Standard T ravel Charger 145 start scr een 16 stopwa tch 120 measure lap time 12 1 measure split time 120 stop the clock 12 1 swap between two calls 52 syste m select 93 T talk key 19 technical information 147 text conventions 3 text message copy to calendar 10 0 sen d e-mail 97 text message s chat 101 reading 99 resending 97 send to single r ecipient 95 sending 96 set up 94 use GPRS 95
[ 16 1 ] time receive network u pdate 78 time format 78 to-do list se nd as text 11 7 to-do note 11 6 touch tones 54 se nd pau se 35 track online us age 50 wireless internet u sage 50 troubleshooting 148 TTY 5 U update date an d time 78 use in-call option s 53 use two phone lines 52 user gu ide alt e rnat e fo rm ats 5 audiocassette 5 Braille 5 disk copy 5 e-text 5 Large print 5 PC/PDA connectivity guide 130 updates 4 user gu ide conventions 3 V voice commands 70 activate in frared 71 call voice ma ilbox 71 voice dialing add a voice tag 68 change a voice tag 70 erase a voice tag 70 make a ca ll with voice recognition 69 play bac k a voice tag 70 voice mail listen to your messages 64 save the m ailbox number 65 voice memo 65 audio cues 67 indicator 67 set alar m 67 start ton e 67 voice recorde r 65 volume 16 ad jus t 16 check level on screen 16 decrease 20 earpiece 16 increase 20 keypad tones 73
[ 162 ] W WAP 10 6 W AP broswer 10 8 use phone keys 10 9 W AP page active link 10 9 ente r inf orm ati on 11 0 exampl es 10 9 header li ne 10 9 wire less I nternet clear the ca che 11 0 se cur it y i ssu es 11 0 sign off 11 0 sign on 107 wire less In tern et site examples 10 9 how to r ea d 10 9 wireless modem setup 130 wire less network se rvic es 4 write messages with built-in dictionary 35 www .n okia.com 130, 1 3 1 www .n okiaaccess ibi lity .com 5 P ar a obtener un manual del usuario en español favor de llama r o env iar un fax al tel éfon o 1- 888- NOKIA- 2U, fa x 8 13-24 9- 96 1 9.
Nokia 8390 User Guide Phone notes Notes Where to ge t info rmatio n My number Wireless service provider Number to call f or voi ce mail Wireless service provider Wir eless provi de râÂÂs numbe r Wireless service provider Provi de râÂÂs customer care Wireless service provider Mode l numbe r 8390 Phon e ty pe NSB-8 Back of title page Electro nic serial numb er (IMEI) Ch apte r 2 "W elcom e", "Find information a bout your phone" PIN code Wireless service provider Cha pte r 13 "M an age phone security"
The wireless phone described in this guide is approv ed for use in G SM netw orks. LEGAL INFOR MATION P a rt No. 93 535 18, I ssue No. 2 é 20 0 1-2002 Nokia . All righ ts rese rved. Nokia is a regist ered trademark of Nokia Corporation . Printed in Canada 04/2002 Nokia, No kia C on necting P eople and the Original Accessories logos are trademark s or registered trademarks of Nokia Corporation and/or its affiliates. US P aten t No 5 8 1 8437 a nd othe r pending paten ts. T9 text in put softw are Copyright é 1999-2 00 1. T egic Co mmunica tions , I nc. All rights reserved. Include s RSA BSAFE crypt ographic o r security prot ocol softw are from RSA Security . The informati on con taine d in this user gu ide wa s written for N okia phon e NSB-8. Nokia operates a policy of conti nuous developmen t. Nokia reserves the right to make changes and improv ements to any of the p roducts described in this document w ith ou t pri or not ic e. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NOKIA BE RESPON SIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OF DA TA OR INCOME OR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, AND CONSEQUENTIAL OR I NDIREC T DAMAGES HO WSOEVER CAUSED . THE CO NTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED âÂÂA S IS.â EX CEPT AS REQU IRED B Y AP PL ICA B LE L AW , N O WAR RA NT IES OF AN Y K IN D, EI T HE R E XPR ES S O R I MPL IED , INCLUDING, BUT NO T LIMITED T O , THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF M ERCHANT ABILITY AND FI TNES S FOR A P ART ICULAR PUR POSE, A RE MADE IN RE LA TION T O THE A CCURAC Y AND RELIABI LITY OR CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT . NOKIA R ESERVES THE R IGHT TO REVI SE TH IS D OCU MEN T OR W ITH DR AW IT AT AN Y TI ME WITHO UT PRI OR N OTICE . EXPORT CONTROLS This product contain s comm odities, tech nology or softw are exported from t he United States in accordance with th e Export Administration regulations. Diversion contra ry to U. S. law i s prohibite d. FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE Y our phone may cause TV or radio interfer ence (for example, when using a telep hone in close proximity t o receiving equipment) . The FCC or Industry Canada can require you to stop using your telephon e if such interferen ce cannot be eliminated. If you require a ssistanc e, conta ct y our loca l service fac ility . This de vice comp lies with part 15 of the FCC rules . Op eration is subjec t to the c ondition that this devic e does not cause harmfu l int erference.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1 For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Befor e yo u begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . About your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Make and answe r c alls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enter le tters and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use th e phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check call histor y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced calling feat ures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use voic e featur es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Personaliz e your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manage phone secur ity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select a syste m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Communica te w ith text messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your wire less Inter net brow swer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your personal di gital a ssistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your phone and other devic es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fun and ga mes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refe re nce inform ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technic al info rmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trouble shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TOPIC S C hapter
NO T ES
[ i ] Contents 1 For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 W elc ome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Get the most out of this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Understand wire less networ k se rvice s . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Learn about acce ssibilit y solution s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Find inform ation abo ut your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Co ntact Noki a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3 Before you begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Install the SIM car d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Install the batter y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Charge the bat tery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Batte ry notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Remov e the ba ttery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Set up your he adset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 4 About your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 K e ys a nd fea tures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Switch on y our phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 About the ant enna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 About the St art screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 About indica tor s and icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
[ ii ] 5 Make and answer calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Make a cal l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 End a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Answer a ca ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Rejec t a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Silence an incoming call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Redial t he last-dia led number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 6 The menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Use th e menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 About menu short cut s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Li st of menu shortcu ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Phone book menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 7 Enter l e tters and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 ABC mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2 Predict ive tex t input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 8 Use the phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Save names, number s, and e-ma il addresses . . . . . . 39 Find names in the phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Edit names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Edit numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Erase name s and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 About phone book memor y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
[ iii ] 9 Check call history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Check dialed ca lls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Check rece ive d ca lls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Check for missed c alls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Choose options in c all lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Cl ear call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Use call ti mers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Manage c all co sts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Check data cal ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 1 0 Advanced calling features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Activ e call opti ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Use call f orw ardi ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Use an ykey answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9 Use au tomati c redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Send your ow n number in caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Use 1-touc h dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 Make an inter nationa l ca ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Use th e phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 1 1 Use voice features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 4 About voic e ma il . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Save the voice mail box number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Listen to y our v oice messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Use th e voi ce reco rder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Use voic e dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 8 Use voic e co mmands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0
[ iv ] 12 P ersonalize your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 What are prof iles? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Adj ust volume cont rol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Choose the disp lay la nguage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Set up th e cl ock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Use calle r groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Download r inging tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Restor e fa ctory setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Change Xpre ss-on ⢠color covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 13 Manage phone security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Lo ck the k eypad ( K e ygua rd) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 About sec urity co des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 PIN codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 PUK co des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Securit y code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 9 Use fixe d dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Restr ict calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Set up a close d user group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 14 Select a system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 15 Communicate w ith text messages . . . . . . . . . . 94 Message se ttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Write me ssages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Read te xt me ssages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Store messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 1
[ v ] Chat wit h other phone users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 1 Use pictur e messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 03 Use th e info message se rvice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04 Use the ser vice command editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 05 16 Y our w ireless Internet browse r . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 06 Notes on wire less Internet access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 06 Set up for br owsing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 7 Sign on to the wir eless Interne t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 7 Use browse r opt ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 08 Navigate the wire less Inter net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 09 Use boo kmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0 Disconnec t from the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0 Security issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0 Notes about GPR S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 12 17 Y our pe rsonal digital assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 14 Use th e calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 14 Make a to- do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 16 Use th e alarm cl ock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 18 Use th e countdown ti mer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 19 Use th e stopwatc h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Share business c ards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Use th e calcula tor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
[ vi ] 18 Y our phone and other devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Prepar e the devic es for IR connecti on . . . . . . . . . . 126 Infrare d basic s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Send and rec eive info rmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 PC connec tivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 GPRS dial- up connect ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1 19 Fun and games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Game rule s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Snake 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Snowbo arding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Bump er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 P airs 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 20 Referenc e information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Batte rie s, cha rgers, a nd accessor ies . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Important saf ety informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Emergenc y calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Care and mainte nance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Acce ssorie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Batte ry informatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Charge rs and other a ccessor ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 2 1 T echnical information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 22 T roubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Nokia One-Y ear Limited W ar ranty . . . . . . . . . 149 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
1 [ 1 ] For your safety 1 For your safety Read these simple gu idelines. B reaking the rules ma y be danger ous or illegal. Further detailed in formation is given in this manual. SWIT CH OFF WHER E PROHIB ITED Do not switch on the ph one when wireless phone u se is prohibited or when it may cau se interfer ence or dange r . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Don't use a h and-held phone wh ile driving. INTERFERENC E All wireless phones may get interfer ence, which could affect perfor mance . SWIT CH OFF IN HOSPIT ALS Follow any regulations or rules. Switch the phone o ff near medical equipment. SWIT CH OFF IN AIRCRAFT Wireless devices can c au se interference in air craft. SWIT CH OFF WHEN REFUELI NG Don't use the phon e at a refueling point. Don 't use near fuel or chemicals. SWIT CH OFF NEAR BLASTING Don't use the phone where blasting is i n progress. Obser ve restrictions, and follow any regulations or rules. USE SENSIB L Y Use only in the normal position. Don't touch the a ntenna unne cess arily .
[ 2 ] 1 QUALIFIED SERVI CE Only qualified personnel may install or repair phone equipment. ACCESSOR IES AND BA T TERIES Use only appr oved accessories and ba tteries. Do not con nect incompatible products. W A TER-RES IST ANC E Y our wireless phone is not water-resistant. K eep it dry . BACKUP COPIE S Remember to make backup copies of all important data. CONNEC TING T O O T HE R DEVICE S When connecting to a ny other device, read its user guide f or detailed safety instructions. Do not c onnect incompat ib le products. CALLING Ensure th e phone is switched on and in service. Enter the phone number , including the ar ea code, then press . To end a call, press . T o answer a call, press . EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure th e phone is s w itched on and in service. Press as many times as needed (for exa mple, to exit a call, to exit a menu) to cle ar the display . Enter the emer gency number , then press . Gi ve your location. Do not end the call until told to do so.
[ 3 ] W elcome 2 2 W elcome Y ouâÂÂll find that your Nokia 8390 mobile ph one has many u seful features for everyday use, such a s a calendar , to-do list, text mess aging, and alarm clock. Before you get started, review this chapter to find out mor e about: ⢠How to use this guid e ⢠Wireless network services ⢠Accessibility solutions ⢠How to contact Nokia ⢠GET THE MOST OUT O F THIS GUIDE The tips that follow can help you get the m ost from this guide as you learn to use your ph one. Notice t ext conventions This user gu ide provides text clu es to help make in structions clear and easy to follow . These clues are called convent ions . Follow graphic clues This guide uses certain icons to alert you to important inf ormation. Tip : Provides information a bout a shortcut or an alternate method of doing som ething. Con ve nti on What it means bold The word or phrase appears on the phoneâÂÂs screen. bold an d blu e The text refers to an address on the W orld Wide W e b . italic Italics indicate emphasis. P ay close attention to any information in italics.
2 [ 4 ] Note: Explains a feature or points out an important concept. Import ant: Alerts you to in for mation cr itical to u sing a feature correctly . Ca utio n : W arns you when you m ay lose inform ation. Wa r n i n g : Helps you a void personal injury , damage to the phone, or property damage. Look for updates From time to time, Nokia u pdates this user guide to reflect ch anges or corrections. The l atest version may be available online at: http://www .nokiausa.com Also, an interactive tutorial is available online at: www .no kiahowt o.com ⢠UNDERSTAND WIRELESS NETWORK SERVIC ES A number of f eatures included in this guide are called Netw ork Service s. Thes e are spe cial s ervices that you ar range throu gh your wir eless se rvice provider . Be fore you can take advantage of any of th ese Network Services, you mu st subscribe to th em through your service provider and obta i n instructions for their use from your service provider . V oice mail and voice pri vacy Call waiting, call for warding, and caller ID T ext and picture messa ges Ability to sen d your own number News and in formation services Notifications on SIM update Cell info display Service command editor E-mail over SMS Selected In ternet access services and G PRS services
[ 5 ] W elcome 2 ⢠LEARN ABOUT ACCESSIBILITY SOLUTIONS Nokia is comm itted to makin g mobile phones e asy to use f or al l ind ividuals, including those with disabilities. For m ore information, visit the Nokia W orld Wide W e b site: www . nokiaac cessib il ity .co m Alternate format user guides This user gu ide is available in alternate formats, in cluding: Braille Large print Audiocassette E-text (electronic documents on a 3.5-inch disk, i n Microsof t Word or W ord P erfect for mat) To reques t any fo rma t, ca ll No kia U.S . Cus tomer Care a t (8 88) 665- 42 28. Heari ng-im paired an d o t her TTY u sers can con tact Nokia at (800 ) 246-6 542. LPS-3 Mobile Inductive Loopset The LPS-3 Mobile L oopset gives people with T -coil equipped hearing aids the ability to make and receive calls without noise in terference. Also compatible with the Nokia 3 300, 8200 and 8800 series digital ph ones, the loopset gives hearing-impaired users clear access to digital telephony for the first time. The loopset is easy to use. Y ou wear the loopset around your neck, connect it to your phone, and speak directly toward the microphone. For more information, see â Use the loopset settingâ on page 76. Note: The loopset can be purchased separately as an accessor y . Fo r detailed instructions, refer to the book le t that comes with the LPS-3.
2 [ 6 ] Accessible fe atures The 8390 has many accessible features, including: Nibs above and below the key for qu ick reference to the keypad T actile feedback when you press a key Ability to send and receive short text messages Convenience of 1-touc h dialing Ability to defin e ring tones for different caller groups V oice dialing and voice commands for handsfree operation Ability to compose own ring tones with PC Su ite Software ⢠FIND INFORMAT ION ABOUT YOUR PHONE If you ever need to call Nokia Customer Care or your service pr ovider , you will need to p rovide specific in formation abou t your phone. This in formation is prov i ded on th e ph oneâÂÂs label. The label is on the back of the phone (under the bat tery). It shows th e followin g: Model number Phone type (a technical designation ) International Mobile Equ ipment Identification (IMEI) Do not remove or defa ce the label. ⢠C ONTACT N OK IA When you need help, Nokia Custom e r Car e can provide information about Nokia products. Have the right information available W e recommend that you have the following information ava ilable before you c ontact the Nokia Customer Care: ⢠The phoneâÂÂs model number (8390) ⢠Phone type (a technical designation ) ⢠T he IM EI ( ser ial nu mber ) ⢠Y our ZIP code
[ 7 ] W elcome 2 Have the phone or accessory handy Whe ther youâ re ca llin g abo ut y our p hone o r an ac ces sor y , have the equ ipme nt with you whe n you call. For example, if you âÂÂre calling about a headset, please have it available. If a Nokia representative asks a sp e cific question about the accessory , you will ha ve it available for quick reference. Nokia Cus tomer Care Ce nter , USA Cus tom er I nte rac tion Centre, Canad a Nokia Mobile Phones 7725 Woodlan d Cente r Boulevard, Suite #150 T ampa, Florida 336 14 Tel: 1-88 8- NOKIA -2U (1- 888-6 65 -4 228) F ax : 1 -8 1 3-24 9-96 19 TTY : 1-80 0- 24-NO KIA (TTY/TDD users only) (1- 800 -246 -6 542) Nokia Products Ltd. 60 1 Westne y Rd. Sout h Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 Tel: 1-90 5- 427-1 37 3 1-88 8- 22-NO KIA (1- 888-2 26 -6 542) F ax: 1-90 5- 427-10 7 0 W ebsite: www .nokia.ca
3 [ 8 ] 3 Before you begin Before you begin, you need to prepare your phone for use by ins tallin g the SIM card, charging the battery and attaching the headset. ⢠INSTA LL THE SIM CA RD Import ant: Switch off the phone befo re installing the SIM card. 1 With the back of the phone facing you, press and hold the back cover release button. 2 Slide the cov e r off. 3 Lift out the battery . 4 Grasp the f ront of the SIM card door . 5 Push th e SIM car d door gently towards the gold contacts. 6 Lift the SI M card door .
[ 9 ] Before you begin 3 7 Install the S IM card: beveled corner on the r ight, gold contact area face down. 8 Lower SIM card door an d gently slide to lock into place. Notes about SIM c ards ⢠K eep all miniature S IM card s out of the reach of small children . ⢠The SIM card and its contacts are easily damaged by scratches or bending, so be ca ref ul when handling, inserting, or removing the card. ⢠Y ou must remove the batt ery to acc ess the SIM card. Alway s make sure that the phone is switch ed off bef ore you r emove the battery . ⢠INSTA LL THE BATTERY 1 Place the battery in th e compartment with the labe l side facing up and the golden contact area aligned wi th the contact prongs. 2 Slide the battery into place. 3 Replace the back c over .
3 [ 1 0 ] ⢠CHARGE THE BATTERY 1 Connec t the lead from the c harger to the bottom of the phone. 2 Connec t the charger to a standard wall outlet. The battery powe r indicator (or ba ttery bar) appears on the screen and starts scrolling. If the phone is on , Char gin g appears al so. 3 When the battery bar stops scr olling, the bat te ry c harge is com pl ete. Ba ttery full appears also, if the phone is on. 4 Disconnect the charger from the phone and wall outlet. ⢠BATTERY NOTES Use the following guidelines to obta in the best performance from your battery: ⢠Recharge your batter y only with a charger approved by Nokia. ⢠With your ph on e turned off, charge your new battery for three hours before its first use. Use the battery until it is full y dischar ged. Repeat this procedure twice for a total of three ch arging cycles. ⢠Battery operation time may be l ess then the estim ated times during the first charges. This con dition is normal. ⢠When the ba ttery is fully disch arged, the scrolling bars may not appear immediately . ⢠After the f irst charge, you can m ake and receive calls during the charging cycle, but the cal ls interrupt the charge. When the phone call ends, the charge w ill resume. Battery bar
[ 1 1 ] Before you begin 3 ⢠The bars on the screen stop scr olling and r emain constant when th e phone is charged. If you leave the ph one connected to the charger , the battery r eceives an additional char ge . ⢠If the battery is com pletely empty , it may take a f ew minutes be fore you c an m ake or receive calls. ⢠The charging time depe nds on the ch arger and battery th at you use. ⢠The battery wil l take a âÂÂtrickle chargeâ for an additional two hours. For more details, see âÂÂBattery informationâ on pa ge 143. ⢠REMOVE THE BATTER Y If you purchase a n ew battery or need to access information on the phoneâÂÂs label, you may need to remove the batter y . Import ant: Switch off the phone before removing the battery . T o protect th e SIM card m emory , wait u ntil the phon e lights are of f bef ore r emovin g th e batt ery . Import ant: Do not puncture or burn the battery . Please recycle or dispose of proper ly . 1 With the back of the phone facing you, press and hold the back cover release button. 2 Slide the cov e r off. 3 Lift out the battery .
3 [ 12 ] ⢠SET UP YOUR HEADSET Y o ur p hone c ome s wi th a he ad se t y ou can use while talking on your phone. The headset provides convenien t handsfree use of the phone. Connect the headset 1 Plug the headset j ack into the bottom of you r phone. 2 Put the round ear plug into 1 ear . Use the headset With the headset con nected, you can m ake and answer calls as usu al, usin g the keypad to pr e ss and or to enter n umbers to call. The microphone for the headset hangs at the side of your head. Although the microphone may seem f ar fr om your m outh, you can speak at a normal volume. For more information about the headset, s ee âÂÂHeadset Kit (HDC-5)â on page 146.
[ 13 ] About your phone 4 4 About your phone ⢠K EYS AND FEAT URES Front 1 P ower key 2 Earpiece 3S c r e e n 4 Selection keys an d scroll keys 5 T alk key 6 End key 7 Number keys 8 Microphone Note: When any key is pressed, the keypad and screen lights stay on f or up to 15 seconds. Bottom Charger connection Headset/car kit/loopse t connection
4 [ 14 ] Left side and right si de Earpiece volume button s Back Back cover re lea se Infr aRed (IR) port
[ 15 ] About your phone 4 ⢠SWITCH ON YOUR PHONE ⢠Pre ss an d ho l d t he p owe r key fo r a fe w se cond s. The phone may ask for a P e rsonal Identity Number (PIN ) or a security code. See â Abou t secu rity codesâ on pa ge 87 fo r more inf orm ation. Note: Y our service provider supplies the PIN code. Wa r n i n g : Do not switch on the ph one when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠ABOUT THE AN TENN A Y our phone has a bu ilt-in antenna. As with any other radio transmitting device, do not touch the antenna unnecess arily when the ph one is switched on. Contact with the antenna affe cts call quality and may cause the phone to operate at a h igher power level t han needed . Not touching the antenna during a call optimizes the antenna performance and the talk-time of your phone . Normal position: Hold the phone as you w ould any other teleph one.
4 [ 16 ] ⢠ABOUT THE START SCREEN When you turn on you r phon e, the f irst scr een t hat appe ar s is th e Start scr een. In the middle of th e Start screen, you may see information indicating which wi r el e s s ne twork your phone use s. This information can vary between phones. O th e r in d ic at ors and icons appear on this Start screen and are described in the n ext section. ⢠ABOUT I NDI CATOR S AND I CON S On your phone, you have 2 types of identifiers: indicators and icons. Indicators Indicators show the status of something. The phone uses 3 types of indicators: ⢠Signal strength indicator: Shows the strength of the signal to your phone. ⢠Battery s trength indicator: Shows how much power is left in your phoneâÂÂs battery . ⢠V olume in dicator: Shows the earpiece volume level. Adjust the volume level w ith the earpiece volume buttons on the le ft side of the phone (see âÂÂAdjust the earpiece volume during a callâ on page 20).
[ 17 ] About your phone 4 Icons Icons are graphical representations of a specif ic item or situation . The following table sh ows examples and tells you what each icon indicates. Ico n Wha t it mean s Y ou have an active call. Indicates the curren t call. Indicates a ca ll on hold. Y ou ha ve 1 or m or e n ew vo ice mes sages . Y ou have 1 or more new text messages. If the icon is blinking, text message memory is full . K eyguard is on. Y our phone will not accept any key presses. The alar m clock is set . The Silent profile is selected. Incoming calls a re being forwarded to another number . Y ou have forwarded all voice calls received on line 1 . Y ou have forwarded all voice calls received on line 2 . Y ou have forwarded all voice calls received on line 1 and 2. The phone is r eady for you to enter a re sponse.
4 [ 18 ] The phone book e ntry is stored to th e SIM card. The Countdown timer is running in the background. The Stopwatch is r unning in the background. Y o u have a new fax mess ag e. Ico n Wha t it mean s
[ 19 ] Make and answer calls 5 5 Make and answer call s This chapter tells you how to make and receive ca lls and how to a djust certain options. ⢠MAKE A CALL Check the signal strength The signal indicator on the left side of your phoneâÂÂs screen shows the strength of the network radio signal. The indicator scrolls as the signal strength increases and decreases. To get the st ron gest signal, try moving your phone slightly . If youâÂÂre inside a bu ilding, move toward a window . Use the keypad 1 Enter the area code and phone nu mber . 2 Press . Hold the phone as you would any other telephone, with the antenna pointed up and over y our shoulder . Wa r n i n g : Do n ot switch on the phone when wir eless phone use is prohibited or wh en it may cause interference or danger . Use the phone book 1 Fr om th e Sta rt screen, press or and scroll to the number you want. 2 Press to make the call. Tip : T o skip ahead quickly in the li st, press the number key that matches th e first letter of the name .
5 [ 20 ] Adjust the earpiece volume during a call ⢠To increase the vol ume of a cal l, pre ss the top vo lume k ey . ⢠T o decrease th e volume, pr ess the bottom volume key . If an accessory wit h its own loud speaker is conne cted to you r phone, the volume keys adjust the volume for that a ccessory . ⢠END A CALL Press . ⢠ANSW ER A CAL L When someone calls you , the phone alerts you and Call ing fla shes on the screen . To answer , pre ss O R Press Optio ns , scroll to Answer cal l , then press Select . Caller ID This is a networ k service that helps identify incoming calls. Contact your service provider f or details. Whe n Cal ler I D is act ive, you r phon e may sho w the ca ller âÂÂs ph one num ber . The callerâÂÂs name may also appear , if their name and nu mber are s tored in the phone book (see âÂÂUse th e phone book â on page 39). ⢠REJECT A CALL Press OR Press Optio ns , scroll to De clin e cal l , then press Select . ⢠SILEN CE AN IN COMING CALL Y o u c an st o p th e ri ng fo r a n inc o mi ng ca ll by pre s si ng Silence . Th en, ans wer or reject th e call.
[ 2 1 ] Make and answer calls 5 ⢠REDIAL THE LAST -DIALED NUMBER Press twice. Dial any of the 20 last-dialed numbers 1 Press . 2 Scroll to the n umber you want to re dial. 3 Press again .
6 [ 22 ] 6 The menu Y our phone offers many f unctions that ar e grouped in menus and su bmenus. Access these menus with the selection keys and scroll keys, or by entering the appropriat e sh ortcut number . ⢠USE THE MENUS Selection keys Below the scre en, you will find 2 selection keys . Thei r f unction s depe nd on the te xt above the keys. For example , in th is screen, the word Men u appears above the selection key . Press the key to enter your phoneâÂÂs menus. Similarly , press the key under Names to access phone book functions. Scroll keys Use the scroll keys, located just below th e screen, to scroll through your phoneâÂÂs m enus and phone book.
[ 23 ] The m enu 6 Scroll bar While you u se your phoneâÂÂs menus, a scroll bar appears at the f ar right of the screen. Thi s bar indi cates wh ere yo u are in the m enu . Each numbe red âÂÂtabâ on the bar represents a differen t menu item. For example, pr ess Menu once. The scrol l bar appears with the fir st (top) tab displayed. A dif ferent tab appears each time you press or . Help text Many menu items have brief help text. To view the help text, scroll to the menu item and wait for about 15 seconds. Press More to s ee the next page of th e text or Back to exit. ⢠ABOUT ME NU S HOR TCU TS When you scroll to a m enu item, the m e n u n um ber app ears on the s cre en above the scro ll ba r . If you re me mber some of the se me nu num ber s, you can use them to access different features qu ickly instead of scrolling throug h the m enu. ⢠T o use a shortcut, press Menu , then the menu nu mbe r .
6 [ 24 ] ⢠LIST OF MENU SHORTCUTS Here is an abbr eviated list of menu items and their menu shortcuts. Later chapters tell you how to w ork with the m enus and explain th eir functions. Note: Some items may not appear due to the SIM card configu ration and service availability . Note: For access to th e Messa ges Menu, press Men u , then 0, then the m enu num ber( s). 1 Messag es 1W r i t e m e s s a g e 2 Inbox Note: If you do n ot have the chat feature, all options after 1-3 will be 1 level higher on th e menu structure. 3 Cha t 4 Outbox 5A r c h i v e 6T e m p l a t e s 7M y f o l d e r s 8 Era se messages 9 V o ice messa ges 1 Listen to voice messa ges 2 V o ice mailbox numbe r 1 0 Info m ess age s 1I n f o s e r v i c e 2 T opics 3L a n g u a g e 4 Info topics saved on SI M card 5R e a d 1 1 Service command editor
[ 25 ] The m enu 6 12 Message sett ings 1 Default profile (other sets may appear) 1 Mes sag e c ent er numb er 2 Messa ges se nt a s 3 M essage va lidity 4 Defa ult r ecipient n umb er 5 De livery repor ts 6U s e G P R S 7 Reply via s ame center 8 R ename sen ding prof ile (depends on SIM card configuration) 2C a l l l o g 1M i s s e d c a l l s 2 Receive d calls 3 D ia led numb er s 4 Clear ca ll lists 1A l l 2M i s s e d 3R e c e i v e d 4D i a l e d 5 Call t imers 1 Durat ion o f last ca ll 2 Durat ion o f dialed ca lls 3 Durat ion o f rece ived ca lls 4 Durat ion o f all c alls 5C l e a r t i m e r s 6 Call cos ts 1 Last call units 2 All ca lls unit s 3 Call cos t settings 7 GPRS data cou nter 1 Data sent in last session 2 Data receiv ed i n last se ssion 3 All sent data 4 All rec eive d data 5C l e a r c o u n t e r s
6 [ 26 ] 8 GPRS co nnect ion tim er 1 Durat ion o f last se ssion 2 Durat ion o f all s essions 3C l e a r t i m e r s 3P r o f i l e s 1N o r m a l 1S e l e c t 2C u s t o m i z e 1 R inging option s 2R i n g i n g t o n e 3 Ringing volume 4V i b r a t i n g a l e r t 5 Mess age a ler t ton e 6 K ey pad tones 7 W ar nin g t one s 8 Alert for 9 Prof ile name (appears only for Silent, Me eting, Outdoor or P ager) 3 Timed 2 Silen t 3M e e t i n g 4 Outdoor 5P a g e r 4 Setti ngs 1A l a r m c l o c k 2 Time settings 1C l o c k 2 Auto update of date and time
[ 27 ] The m enu 6 3 Call se ttings 1F o r w a r d i n g 1 F orward a ll voice calls 2 Forw ard if bu sy 3 For ward if not ans wer ed 4 Forw ard whe n phone off or no cove rage 5 Forwa rd when not able to take calls 6 Forwa rd all fax calls 7 F orward a ll da ta calls 8 C ancel a ll call forwa rding 2 Anykey a nswer 3A u t o m a t i c r e d i a l 4 1-touch dialin g 5 Call w aiting 6 Sum mary aft er ca ll 7 Send ow n caller ID 8 Line for outgoin g calls 4P h o n e s e t t i n g s 1L a n g u a g e 2 Cell info displa y 3 System select ion 4 Hel p tex t activ ation 5 Sta r t-u p to ne 5 T one s ettings 1 Ringing opt ions 2R i n g i n g t o n e 3 Ringin g volume 4V i b r a t i n g a l e r t 5 Mes sage a lert tone 6 Keypad to nes 7 W arni ng to nes 8 Alert for
6 [ 28 ] 6 Accessor y se ttings 1H e a d s e t 1 De fault pr ofile 2A u t o m a t i c a n s w e r 2 Hand s free 1 De fault pr ofile 2A u t o m a t i c a n s w e r 3 Lights 3 Loopset 1 U se loopset 2 De fault pr ofile 3A u t o m a t i c a n s w e r 7 GPRS modem settin gs 1 Active a ccess poi nt 2 Edit ac tive acce ss point 1 Alias for ac cess poin t 2 G PRS access point 8 Securit y settin gs 1 PIN code r equest 2 Call re strict ions 1 O utgoing calls 2 Inte rnationa l call s 3 Inte rnationa l c alls e xcept to hom e c ountry 4 In coming ca lls 5 In coming calls if roamin g 6 Cance l all c all re strictions 3 Fixed dia ling 4 Closed user group 5 Securit y leve l 6 Chang e acce ss codes 1 Chang e s ecurit y code 2 C hange PIN code 3 C hange PIN2 code 4 Chang e r estriction passw ord 9 R es tor e fa ct or y set tin gs
[ 29 ] The m enu 6 5G a m e s 1S e l e c t g a m e 1 Snowboardin g 2 Snake II 3 Bum per 4P a i r s I I 2 Set ti ngs 1G a m e s o u n d s 2 Game lights 3 Shake s 6C a l c u l a t o r 7 To-do li st 8C a l e n d a r 9I n f r a r e d 1 0 Extras 1 V o ice rec ord er 2 V o ice comma nds 3 Countdow n timer 4S t o p w a t c h
6 [ 30 ] 1 1 S e r v i c e s Note: The following men u items depend on network a vailability . Contact your service provider for more information a bo ut network fe atu re s. 1H o m e 2 Bookmarks 3 Ser vice inbox 4 Set ti ngs 1 Active service setting s 2 Ed it ac tive se rvi c e se ttin g s 1 Setti ngs na me 2H o m e p a g e 3 S ession mode 4C o n n e c t i o n s e c u r i t y 5 Data bearer 3 Appearance se ttings 1 Text wr apping 2S h o w i m a g e s 4 Cookie se ttings 1 C ookies 5 A utho ri ty cer tif ic ates 6 Service inbox settin gs 5 Go to address 6 Clear th e cache
[ 3 1 ] The m enu 6 12 S IM s er vic es Note: For av ailability , rates an d information on using SIM services, contact your SIM car d vendor , e.g. n etwor k operator , service prov i der or othe r vendor . ⢠PHONE B OOK MENU 1 For access to the phone book and i ts menus, press to retu rn to the Start sc reen. 2 Press Names . These options may be available, depending on your SIM card: Find Add entr y Edit name Erase Copy Add num b er Setti ngs Memory in use Ph one bo ok vi ew Memor y statu s 1-touch dialing Vo i c e t a g s Info numbers (depends on SIM card configuration) Service nos. Own nu mbers Ca ller group s
7 [ 32 ] 7 Enter l etters and num bers Y ou can e nter letters and numbe rs into your phone f or a personâÂÂs n ame and phone n umbe r , writing a text m essage, and so on. There are 2 ways to do this: ⢠ABC mode, for making e ntries in the phone book, en tering calendar notes, and renaming caller gr oups. ⢠Predictive text inpu t, for wr iting text messages, adding notes to a picture message, adding notes to the to-do list, and en tering a web address using W AP services. ⢠ABC MODE Y ou can us e the ABC mode to enter information in to the phone book. From the s tart sc reen, pres s Names , scroll to Add e n try , t hen pr es s Select . The Abc icon appears in the left cor ner as visual confirmation. Add letters 1 Find the key that has th e letter you want to enter . 2 Press th e key as m any time s as needed for the letter to appear on the sc reen. For example , to enter the name Zach: 3 Press OK . Press Z Press A Press C Press H
[ 33 ] Enter letters and numbe rs 7 Depending on the s e lected display language, the following c haracters may be available. Note: Some networ ks may not support all language-depen dent chara cters. Enter sp aces and punctuation ⢠T o enter a space, press once. ⢠T o enter punctuation, press repeate dly until the character you want a ppe ars. Erase mistakes If you make a mistake: â¢P r e s s Clea r to erase tha t character . â¢P r e s s Clea r as nee ded to erase more th an 1 ch aracter , or pres s and hold Cl ear to erase the e ntire field of characters . Change letter case T o switch between u ppercase and lowercase letters, press . The Abc icon switches to abc , showin g that you are using low ercase letters. Ke y Characters Ke y Characters 1 . , â ? ! @ â 1 - ( ) / : _ 7 PQRS7 2 AB C2 8 TUV 8 3 DEF3 9 WXY Z9 4 GHI4 0 space , 0 5 JKL 5 * (See page 34 for details.) 6 MN O6 # Changes letter case
7 [ 34 ] Enter n umbers To enter nu mbe rs, you c an: ⢠Press and hold to switch to 123 mode. Pr ess the appropriate number key to enter a number . OR ⢠While in ABC mode, press and hold th e corresponding numbe r key until the n umber appears. ⢠If you m ake a mistake , pr ess Clear to e ras e th e num b er . ⢠T o switch back to the ABC mode, press and hold aga in. Use special characters IN AB C MODE 1 Press . A screen appears with the following special characters available: . , â ? ! â - ( ) @ / : _ ; & % * = < > ã $ ÃÂ¥ ä [ ] { } \ ~ àá ÿ ç # | 2 Use scroll keys to select th e ch aracter you want, then press Inser t . IN 123 MODE Y ou can access the following s pecial characters on ly in 123 mode. There are 2 places you can use these cha racter s: ⢠At the Start screen, when you dial a phone number ⢠At the num be r prompt, when you a dd a new entry to th e phone book Pr es s to en ter * Press to enter Press to ente r p Press to enter w * Use this character to send comm and strings to th e network. Contact your service provider for details. Use this character as a pref ix for dialing international numbers. &
[ 35 ] Enter letters and numbe rs 7 p Use this character to create a pause t hat occurs wh en d ialing a num ber . Numbers en tered to the rig ht of th is special ch arac ter are automa tically se nt as t ou ch to ne s a fte r a 2. 5-s eco nd pa use. w This chara cte r cr e ates a wait; digits to the right of the w ar e not se nt until you pr ess Sen d . ⢠PREDICTIVE TEXT INPUT Predictive text inpu t allows you to write messages much f aster than the ABC mode. With predictive text input, you only need to press each n umbe r key once for each letter . Y our ph one uses a built-in dictionary to predict or guess what you are writing. Y ou can also add new wor ds to the dictionary . For example, to write â Nokiaâ with the En glish dictionary selected, pr ess: (for N ) (for o ) (for k ) (for i ) (f or a ) Since the displayed wor d changes after each key stroke, disregard the word until you h ave keyed in all the characters. Note: Predictive text input m ay not be available for a l l lan guages. Select a language and turn on predictive text 1 Press Menu , then press Sel ect . 2 Scroll to Write messages , th en pre ss Select . 3 Press Optio ns , scroll to Pred ict ive tex t , then pres s Select . 4 Scroll to the langua ge you want, the n press Select . The display shows the above words for e ach key pressed .
7 [ 36 ] T urn off predictiv e text ⢠T o switch from predictive text in put to ABC mode, repeat steps 1 - 3 abo ve , th en s ele ct Pred icti on o ff . OR ⢠While writing th e message, quickly press twice to switch between predictive text input and ABC mode. Tip : Y our key presses must be q uick! Press 2 tim es in about 1.5 s ec ond s. Write words using predictiv e text ⢠Press the number key that corr esponds to the letter you want to en ter . ⢠If the d isplayed word is correct, press to accept th e wor d and add a s pac e . ⢠If the displayed word is n ot correct, press to see the other possible matches. ⢠If the word you are trying to write is not in the dictionary , a question mark appears. ⢠T o see how many ch aracters you have left for your message, refer to the counter in th e upper right corner of the screen. ⢠Re fer to â Use pre dict ive text shor tcutsâ on page 37 for mo re details. Add a new word to the dictionary If the word you are trying to enter doe s not show up as a poss ible match, you c an add th e word to the diction ary . 1 Press repeatedly until Spell appears in pla ce of Opti ons . 2 Press Spell , th en en te r the wor d(s ) us ing AB C m ode . 3 Press Save to add th e word to the dictionary .
[ 37 ] Enter letters and numbe rs 7 Use predictiv e text shortc uts Press Menu 01 1 ( Messag es > Write message ) to write messages using the following shortc uts. - Use letter keys for word entry . Press each key only once for each letter . Press to view the nex t matching word if the u nderlined word is not the word you intende d. Spell Press to add a new w ord to the diction ary . Press once to accept a wo rd and add a space. Press and hold to enter a n umber . Press to change the character case. indicates uppercase. indicates lower case. Press twice to select predictive input or ABC mode. and indicate ABC mode. , an d indicate predictive text in put. Clear Press once to delete the character to the left of the curs or . Press once to add a punctuation mark. T o change th e underlined symbol, press repeatedly un til th e desired symbol appears. The maximum number of characters available appears in the top right corner of the screen and counts down for each char acter added. 160
7 [ 38 ] Insert symbols 1 Press and hold u ntil the symbol screen appears. OR Press Optio ns and scroll to Ins ert sy mb ol . 2 Scroll to the de sired symbol and pre ss Ins er t . Insert numbers 1 T o add a number to the message, pr ess and hold . 2 K ey in th e d esired number s, th en pres s and ho l d to retu rn to ABC mode. Writ e compound wo rds 1 Write the fi rst part of th e word and press to accept it. 2 Write the last part of the compound wor d and press to e nter the word in mem ory .
[ 39 ] Use the ph one book 8 8 Use the phone book Use the phone book to store names, e-mail addresses a nd phone numbers. ⢠A phone b ook entry can consist of a n umber only , a nam e and number , or a n ame only . ⢠Names are saved in th e phone book mem ory and/or SIM m emory . If you try to save a name that already exists, the phone asks if you want to r eplace the existing n ame. ⢠SAVE NAMES, NUMBERS , AND E- MAIL ADDRESSES Save a name, number , and e-mail address 1 Enter a phone number and press Opti on s . Note: For international dialing , see page 6 2. 2 Scroll to Save and press Select . 3 Enter a name, then pr ess OK . 4 Press Optio ns . 5 Scroll to Add d etail and press Select . 6 Scroll to E-mail and press Select . 7 Enter the e- mail address, then press OK . Note: All phone book e ntries that contain e-mail addresses are automatically sav ed in phone memory . E-mail addre sses can not be saved in SIM memory . Save a number only 1 Enter the phone number . 2 Press and ho l d Opti ons . The number is saved in your phone book. Y ou can add a name or e-mail address to it later .
8 [ 40 ] Save a name and number while in a call 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Ph one book , then pres s Select . 3 Scroll to Add ent ry , then pres s Select . 4 Enter the nam e, then pres s OK . 5 Enter the phone nu mber , then pr ess OK . Save an E-mail address 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Find , then pres s Select . The Name box appears. 3 Enter the name you want to add an e-mail address to and press Find . OR Press or to scroll through the name l ist u ntil you find the name. 4 Press Det ails , then press Opti on s . 5 Scroll to Add d etail , then press Sel e ct . 6 Scroll to E-mail and press Select . 7 Enter the e- mail address, then press OK . A confirmation message appears. If your phone book is full If your phone book is full, you can save the phone number to another memory or r eplace an existing entry .
[ 4 1 ] Use the ph one book 8 ⢠FIND NAMES IN THE PHONE BOOK At the Start screen â¢P r e s s o r . OR â¢P r e s s Names . Find appears highlighted. ⢠Press the number key(s) that match( e s) th e first letter(s) of the name. While in a call 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Ph one book and press Select . Find is highlighted. 3 Press the number key(s) that match( es) the first letter(s ) of the name. OR 4 Press Select . 5 When the box appears, enter the name and press Find . Y ou ca n e nter just the first few letters of th e name, then press Find . Y o ur ph one will show the clos est matching name. ⢠E DIT NAM ES 1 At the Start scr een, r ecall the s tored name, press Det ails , then press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Edit name , the n pres s Select . 3 Edit the nam e, then pres s OK .
8 [ 42 ] ⢠E DIT NUM BERS 1 At the Start scr een, r ecall the s tored name, press Det ails , then press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Edit number , then pres s Select . 3 E dit th e num b er , t hen pr es s OK . ⢠ERASE NAMES AND NUMBERS Erase a stor ed number At the Start scr een: 1 Recall a stored name. 2 Press Det ails , then Opti ons . 3 Highlight Erase num ber , then pres s Select , the n OK . Y ou can then add a different phone number for the name or you can erase the na me . Caution: Y ou cannot u ndo Erase functions, so be careful! Erase your entire phone book Cautio n: This f eature erases your entire phone book and canâ t be undo ne! 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Erase and pr ess Select . 3 Scroll to Erase all and press Select . 4 Scroll to the memory (Phone or SIM card) you wa nt to erase, then press Erase . 5 When y ou see Are you su re? , press OK . 6 When the Se cu rit y co de : prompt appears, enter your security code and press OK .
[ 43 ] Use the ph one book 8 ⢠AB OUT PHON E BOOK MEMO RY Y our p hone ha s 2 types of memory: in ternal m emory and S IM card memory . Y ou can sa ve names and number s in either m emory . Th e intern al ph one memo ry ca n sto re u p t o 500 n ame s a nd nu mbe rs . The a mou nt of names and numbers you can st ore in SIM card memory is dependent on SIM card capacity . Please check with your SIM card provider or car rier . Switch between internal memory and SIM memory 1 At the Start sc reen, press Names . 2 Scroll to Settin gs , then press Select . 3 Scroll to Memory in use , t hen pr es s Select . 4 Scroll to SIM card , Pho ne or Ph one and SI M then press Select .
9 [ 44 ] 9 Check ca ll history Y our phone provides a call log that registers information about calls you make and r eceive. The call log kee ps track of the f ollowing: ⢠Missed c alls. ⢠Numbe rs from whi ch you âÂÂve re cei v ed calls. ⢠Numbers youâÂÂve dialed. ⢠Th e am ount of time y ouâ ve s pen t on ca lls. ⢠The amount of data s ent and r e ceived over G PRS. ⢠The amount of time youâÂÂve spent onli ne for data transfers over GPRS Note: The actual invoice for calls and services from your service provider may vary , depending upon network features, rounding-off for billing, taxes, and so forth. ⢠CHECK DIALED CAL LS Y our phone saves the last 20 numbers youâÂÂve di aled. 1 Press Menu 2 3 ( Cal l log > Dial ed numbers ). 2 Scroll to the n umber you want to see. 3 T o dial the n umber , pr ess ; for othe r options, press Opti ons (see âÂÂChoose options in call listsâ on page 46). ⢠C HECK RE CEIVED C ALLS Y our phone saves the phone n umbers of the 1 0 most recent calls youâÂÂve answered, if the ca lle râÂÂs number w as available. 1 Press Menu 2 2 ( Call log > Recei ved calls ). 2 Scroll to the n umber you want to see. 3 T o dial the n umber , pr ess ; for othe r options, press Opti ons (see âÂÂChoose options in call listsâ on page 46).
[ 45 ] Check call history 9 ⢠CHECK FOR MISSED CALLS Y our ph one saves the n umbers and names (if availab le) of the last 1 0 calle rs that have tried unsuccessfully to reach you. The screen tells you how many calls were missed. If the callerâÂÂs name and number are stored in memory , that information appears on the scre en. After missing a call 1 Press List . If you have missed more than 1 call, you can scroll through the list of numb ers . 2 T o dial the displayed n umber , p ress . 3 For other options, press Opti ons . 4 T o ex it, press Exit . At any time 1 Press Menu 2 1 ( Cal l log > Mi sse d calls ). 2 Scroll to the n umber you want to see. 3 T o dial th e num ber , pr ess . 4 For other options, press Opti ons .
9 [ 46 ] ⢠CHOOSE OPTIONS IN CALL LISTS When you view th e missed calls, received calls, or dialed calls list and press Optio ns , the followin g choices appear on your phoneâÂÂs scr een. Cho ice What it does Cal l t i me Shows the date and time of the last call. Use the scroll keys to view up to 5 recent call dates/time for the displayed phone number . Send messag e Allows you to write a sho rt text message to the person who called you. View numbe r Displays the phone number if the callerâÂÂs n ame is stored in the phone book. Edit numbe r Allows you to edit the displayed nu mber and save it with a name to your phone book. Save Al lows you to ente r a name fo r the num ber and save both to your ph one book. Add to name Allows you to save a numbe r to an existing name in the phone book. Not a vailable when viewing only n umbe rs saved to SI M card. Erase Allows you to dele te the n umber f rom the call list. Cal l Allows you to call th e number .
[ 47 ] Check call history 9 ⢠CLE AR CA LL LIS TS This feature clears all the missed, r eceived, and dialed call lists . Cautio n: Y ou cannot undo this ope ration. 1 Press Menu 2 4 ( Cal l log > Cl ear call li sts ). 2 Scroll to All , Missed , Rec eive d , or Dial ed , then pres s Select . ⢠USE CALL TIMERS Y our phone automatically tracks the amou nt of time youâÂÂve spent on calls. If you have 2 phone lines If you su bscribe to a secon d phone line (see â Wor k with 2 phone linesâ on page 65), ca l l timer s are separate for each phone line. When you v iew call timers , the call timer s tha t are s hown are for th e curr ently s elected outgoing line. However , if you view call timers while you are in a call, the call timers that are sho wn are for the line you are using at that moment. View the call duration 1 Press Menu 2 5 ( Cal l log > Cal l tim ers ). 2 Scroll to Dur ati on of l a st ca l l , Durat ion of di ale d c alls, Durat io n of receive d call s , or Durati on of all c alls . Clear call timers 1 Press Menu 2 5 ( Cal l log > Cal l tim ers ). 2 Scroll to Cle ar ti mers , the n pres s Select . 3 Enter your security code, then pr ess OK . Show call timer after call Y our phone can display the time spent on a call af ter you end the call. This feature is called Summar y after call .
9 [ 48 ] T URN ON SU MMARY AFT ER CALL 1 Press Menu 4 3 6 ( Setting s > Ca ll set tin gs > Summary af ter c all ). 2 Scroll to On , then press Select . 3 After you end a call, t he total time f or that call appear s briefly on the sc reen. T URN OFF SUM MARY AFT ER CALL 1 Press Menu 4 3 6 ( Setting s > Ca ll set tin gs > Summary af ter c all ). 2 Scroll to Off , then pres s Select . ⢠MANAGE CALL CO STS This network service allows you to check call costs. Y ou can view the last call cost, or the total cost of all calls made or r eceived since the cou nters were res et. Vie w call cos ts 1 Press Menu 2 6 ( Cal l log > Cal l costs ). 2 Scroll to Last call units (cost of las t call, or current call if applicable) or All call s uni ts (cost of all calls since counter s were last reset). Clear call cost counters 1 Press Menu 2 6 3 ( Call log > Call cos ts > Ca ll c ost s ett ing s ). 2 Scroll to Clear co unters , t hen pr e ss Select . 3 Enter your PI N2 code, then press OK . S e e âÂÂA bou t sec ur it y c ode sâ on page 8 7. Show costs in units or curren cy This feat u re allows you to choose either units or currency when the phone shows call costs. ⢠Y ou ne ed a PIN2 code f or this feature. For more info rmation, see â Abou t secu rity codesâ on pa ge 87. ⢠If you choose charging units, contact you r wireless service provider for info rmation abou t the cost of a char ging unit.
[ 49 ] Check call history 9 ⢠This feature appears only if suppo rted by your service provider and SIM card. 1 Press Menu 2 6 3 ( Call log > Call cos ts > Ca ll c ost s ett ing s ). 2 Scroll to Show cos ts , then pres s Select . 3 Enter your PI N2 code, then press OK . 4 Scroll to Curre ncy or Units , t hen pr e ss Select . 5 If you select Currency : Y our phone prompts you t o enter a ho me unit price and a curren cy na me. If you select Units : ⢠A confirmation note appears. ⢠If you chose units, call cost s and call cos t limits are measu red in charging units as agreed to by your serv ice provider . Limit your call costs This feature allows you to set a limit for the cost of calls if this function is included in the S IM ca rd. T he functionality may vary depending on the network. When the limit you set is reached, no ca ll s can be ma de except for emergency calls. SET A LI MIT 1 Press Menu 2 6 3 ( Call log > Call costs > Cal l cost setti ngs ). 2 Scroll to Call cost limi t and press Select . 3 Enter your PI N2 code (see âÂÂA bout secu rity codesâ on page 87), then press OK . 4 Scroll to Set , then press OK . 5 Enter the n umber of charging units or cu rrency , then press OK . Tip : Press # to in sert a decimal point. The number of remain ing units is shown wh en the scree n is clear .
9 [ 50 ] REM O VE A LI MI T 1 Follow steps 1 and 2 above. 2 Scroll to Off , then pres s OK . ⢠CHECK DATA CALLS In addition to keepi ng track of voice calls, your phoneâÂÂs call log records info rmation abou t data calls. Y ou can check th e amount of data tran sferred over the ne twork via GPRS. Y ou can also keep track of h ow much time you spend online. Check the data counter Note: All data cou nters are displayed in bytes. 1 Press Menu 2 7 ( Cal l log > GP RS data counter ). 2 Scroll to the inf ormation you are inter ested in viewin g. Y our op tions include the f ollowing: ⢠Da ta sent in last sess ion ⢠Data received in last session ⢠All sent data ⢠All received data Clear the data counter 1 Press Menu 2 7 ( Cal l log > GP RS data counter ). 2 Scroll to Clear counters , then press Select . 3 Enter your security code, then pr ess OK .
[ 5 1 ] Check call history 9 Check the connection timer Note: The time is displayed in hours:minutes: seconds format. 1 Press Menu 2 8 ( C all lo g > GPRS connection ti mer ). 2 Scroll to the in formation you are interested in viewing. Y our op tions include the following: ⢠Duration of last session ⢠Duration of all sessions Clear the connection timer 1 Press Menu 2 8 ( C all lo g > GPRS connection ti mer ). 2 Scroll to Cle ar ti mers and pres s Sel ect . 3 Enter your security code, then pr ess OK .
10 [ 52 ] 1 0 Advanced calling features ⢠ACTIVE CALL OPTIONS Use call waiting This network service lets you receive an incoming call when youâÂÂre already in a call. ( Contact your s e rvice provider f o r a vailability .) The phone beeps to let you know of the incoming c all. ACTI VATE/CANC EL CALL WAITI NG 1 Press Menu 4 3 5 ( Setting s > Cal l set ti ngs > Cal l wa iting ). 2 Scroll to Activat e or Cancel . 3 Press Select . CON FIRM CAL L W AIT ING S TATU S 1 Press Menu 4 3 5 ( Setting s > Cal l set ti ngs > Cal l wa iting ). 2 Scroll to Check status and press Select . ANSWER A WAI TING CA LL 1 Y our phone signals when you have a call waiting. 2 Press to put the current call on hold and an swer the waiting call . OR Press Answer . RE JECT A W AIT ING C ALL Y ou can ju st let the phone ring, or f ollow the steps b elow . 1 Press Optio ns and scroll to Decli ne call . 2 Press Select . SW ITCH BE T WEE N CAL LS Press or Swap . The icon represents the active call and the icon represents the call on hold.
[ 53 ] A dvanced callin g features 10 END THE AC TIVE CALL Press . The held c all become s a ctive. OR 1 Press Optio ns and scroll to End call . 2 Press Select . TH IRD C ALL WAIT ING If you have both an active and a held call and a third call is waiting, follow the following st eps to answer th e third call and end the other calls. END THE ACTI VE CAL L AN D HELD CALL TO A NSWE R THE WA ITING CA LL 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to End all call s . 3 Press Select . 4 Press to answer the third call. Use in-call op tions During a ca ll, press Opt ions to s e e the I n-call menu. Y our choices are: Cho ice What i t does Reco rd Allows you to record the active call. For more information, see â Record a ph one conversationâ on page 6 6. End call Ends current call. New call Makes a call when you h ave a call in progress. T ouch tones Sen ds t ouc h tone s. Ph one bo ok Switches you to the phone book. Menu Switches you to the menu. Mute Mutes a call. Hold Holds or releases a ca ll.
10 [ 54 ] Put a call on hold 1 T o put a call on hold, press Hold . 2 T o return to the call, press Unhold . Make a new call 1 Enter the second phone number , or recall it from the ph one book. 2 Press . OR 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to New call , t hen pr e ss Select . 3 Enter the second phone number , or recall it from the ph one book. 4 Press Call . With either me thod, the fi rst call is automatically put on h old. SWITCH BETWEEN 2 CALLS IN PRO GRESS Press or Swap . The icon represents the active call and the icon re presents the ca ll on hold. END THE AC TIVE CALL Press . The held c all become s th e active call. Send touch tones When you p ress the keys during a call, your phone gen erates sounds known as touch tones. Use tou ch tones to access many automated, over- the-phone services such as voice mail, checking airline arrival/departure times, and bank balances. Note: Y ou must be on an active call to send touch tones.
[ 55 ] A dvanced callin g features 10 SAVE TOU CH TONE STRI NGS Store touch tone strings the same way you save phone numbers (see âÂÂSave names, numbers, and e-mail addressesâ on page 39 ). For fr eque ntly us ed st ring s of n umber s , you can save a n entire sequence of digits in your ph one book and send it as a touch tone string. SEND A TO UCH TONE STRING 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to T ouch tones and press Select . 3 Ent er a t ouch t one str ing or r ecal l a tou ch t one st rin g fr om the ph one book and press OK . End all calls 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to End all call s , t hen pr e ss Select . Access the phone book Y ou can access the phone book wh ile in a call. This option appears in the m enu as Ph one book . 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Ph one book and press Select . Now your ph one book functions are available. See âÂÂUse the phone bo okâ on page 39. Access menus Scroll to Menu and press Select to access any of your phoneâÂÂs menus. Mute/unmute the m icrophone Y ou can m ute and unmute your ph oneâÂÂs microphone w hile a call is in progress. The differe nce between mut e and hol d is that mute lets you hear the other caller . 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Mute , th en pre ss Select .
10 [ 56 ] 3 T o un mute th e micr ophone, p ress Unmute . Muting and unmuting also affects the microphones of any accessories connected to the ph one. Make a conference call This network service allows y ou to make conference calls with your phone. Check with your ser vice provider f or details. 1 Place a call to the first person. 2 Press Optio ns and scroll to New call . 3 Press Select , recall or dial the number of the next party you want to include, then pr ess Cal l . 4 After the other party answers, press Opti on s . 5 Scroll to Confer ence , t hen pr e ss Select . 6 T o add other parties to the call, r epeat steps 2 - 5. 7 T o en d the con ference call, pre ss . HAVE A PRI VATE CONVERSATI ON WITH A P ARTICIPANT 1 While in a con ference call, pre ss Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Priv ate ca ll , th en pre ss Select . A list of the participants appears as Cal l 1 , Cal l 2 , etc. 3 Scroll to the pe rson you want to speak with, the n press OK . The other participants can continue talking with each oth er . 4 T o rejoin the conference call, pr ess Opti ons . 5 Scroll to Confer ence , t hen pr e ss Select . DROP A P ARTICIPANT FRO M THE CONFERENCE CAL L 1 While in a con ference call, pre ss Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Priv ate ca ll , th en pre ss Select . A list of the participants appears as Cal l 1 , Cal l 2 , etc.
[ 57 ] A dvanced callin g features 10 3 Scroll to the pe rson you want to drop, then pr ess OK . The other participants can continue talking with e ach other . 4 Press Optio ns . 5 Scroll to End call , then press Sel e ct . T ransfer a call When you have 1 active and 1 held call, you can connect the 2 calls and disconnect you rself from the call. Note: Y our network must support this feature. Contact your service provider for availability . During a ca ll, press Opti on s , scroll to T ransf er c alls , then pr ess Select . ⢠USE CALL FORWAR DING This network service lets you forward your incoming calls to another phone n umber . Note: If you subscribe to a second phone line, call forwarding works separate ly for e ach line. Ma ke sure you have sele cted the line you wan t before you s et up any call forwarding. The followin g icons appear on your phoneâÂÂs scr een: Incoming voice calls are being for warded to another number . Y ou have forwar ded all voice ca lls that are received on line 1 . Y ou have forwar ded all voice ca lls that are received on line 2 . Y ou have forwarded all voice calls t hat are received on lines 1 an d 2 . Activate c all forwarding Note: Y ou can forward calls to your voice m ailbox or to another phone number . For in structions on setting up your voice mailbox, see âÂÂSave th e voice mailbox numberâ on page 65.
10 [ 58 ] 1 Press Menu 4 3 1 ( Settin gs > Call setti ngs > Forwarding ). Scrol l to one of the followin g option s: ⢠Forward all voice calls ⢠Forward if busy ⢠Forward if not answe red ⢠Forward w hen phone off or n o coverage ⢠Forward when n ot able to take calls ⢠Forward all fax calls ⢠Forward all data calls ⢠Cancel all call forwarding 2 Press Select . 3 Acti vate is highlighted; press Select . 4 Select To v o i c e m a i l b. OR Select T o other no . 5 If you choose T o other no. , enter the ph one nu mbe r to wh ich you want to forward calls, then press OK . Y ou ca n pre ss Number to see if you e ntered the phone numb er correctly . Cancel all call forwarding 1 Press Menu 4 3 1 ( Setting s > Cal l set ti ngs > Forwarding ). 2 Scroll to Cancel all c all fo rwardi ng and press Select . Note: Canceling all call forwa rding may also cancel any a utomatic forwarding of ca lls to voice mail that your service provider has activated for y ou. Also, this o ption m ay cancel yo ur call forwarding service. Contact your ser vice provider f or details.
[ 59 ] A dvanced callin g features 10 Cancel a call forwarding option 1 Press Menu 4 3 ( Setti ngs > Ca ll sett ings ). 2 Press Select . 3 Scroll to the call f orwarding option you want to cancel, then press Select . 4 Scroll to Cancel , then pres s Select . Check call forwarding sta tus 1 Press Menu 4 3 1 ( Settin gs > Call sett ings > Forwa rding ). 2 Scroll to the call f orwarding option you want to check, press Select . 3 Scroll to Check status , then press Select . Note: Status is not available for Forward when not able to take calls . T o see the phone n umber wh ere th e calls are being f orwarded, pr ess Number . ⢠USE ANYKEY ANSWER This feature allows you to press any key to answer an incoming call. Note: Anykey answer does NO T wor k with th e P owe r b utt on, , or (left and right selection keys). T urn on Anykey answer 1 Press Menu 4 3 2 ( Setting s > Cal l setti ngs > Anyke y answer ). 2 Scroll to On and press Select . T urn off Anykey answer 1 Press Menu 4 3 2 ( Setting s > Cal l setti ngs > Anyke y answer ). 2 Scroll to Off and press Select .
10 [ 60 ] ⢠USE AUT OMATIC REDIA L This feature redials the number y ouâÂÂr e trying to call up to 1 0 times. Note: Au tomatic redial will not work whi le you make or answer another ca ll. Activate automatic re dial 1 Press Menu 4 3 3 ( Setting s > Cal l set ti ngs > Auto matic redi al ). 2 Scroll to On , then press Select . 3 Press and ho l d Back to r eturn to th e Start screen. If the number you dial is bu sy , your phone immediately redials the number . If it is s till bu sy , your phone will redial the number up to 9 more times. ⢠SEND YO UR OWN NUMBER IN CALLER ID Y o u can d etermi ne, for eac h c all yo u make, whet her your te le phone n umber appears on another phoneâÂÂs caller I D. In m ost se rvice area s, w hen you call othe rs, your na me is pr esen ted to their caller ID (if they subscribe to this service). Wi th Send ow n caller ID , you can block or send the display of your number when you make a call. Note: Thi s f eat ure may not be available in all wireless systems. Contact your ser vice provider for details a nd availability . Als o note that this feature is ef fective only when you call a number that is equipped w ith caller I D. 1 Press Menu 4 3 7 ( Setting s > Cal l set ti ngs > Sen d own caller ID ). 2 Chose one of the followin g options: ⢠Def ault : your phon e number is sent according to th e network. ⢠Ye s : your ph one nu mber is se nt to the other personâÂÂs caller ID. ⢠No : your ph one n u mber is n ot sent to the oth er personâÂÂs caller ID.
[ 6 1 ] A dvanced callin g features 10 ⢠USE 1-TOUCH D IALING Assign a na me and number to a 1-touch dialing location so that when you press this key , the ph one automatically dials th e associated number . K ey 1 is used to access your voice mail. Check with your service provi der for details. Al so, any key can be set up to dial emerge ncy numbers such as 9 1 1 . Assign a number to a 1-touch dialing key 1 Press Names and scroll to 1-touch dialing . 2 Press Select . 2 (em p ty) ap pe ars . If Assig n appears, K e y 2 does not have a phone n umber assigned to it. If Opti ons appears, then th e number shown is as signed to K ey 2. 3 Press Assign . En ter a phon e nu mb er OR Press Find . Scroll to the ph one book entry you want, then press Select twice. Activate 1-touch dialing 1 Press Menu 4 3 4 ( Setting s > Cal l set ti ngs > 1-touch dial ing ). 2 Scroll to On , then press Select . Call a 1-touch dial number From the Start screen, press and hold the appr opriate key , or press the key then pr ess . The phone dials the number . 1-TO UCH DIAL ING FOR KEY 1 ⢠If your phone is set up for voice mail, you can pre ss and hold and your phone dials you r voice mailbox . ⢠If yo u assign a 1-touch numbe r to ke y 1, p ress , t hen press . The phone dials the 1-touch number .
10 [ 62 ] Change 1-touch d ialing numbers 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to 1-touch dialin g and press Select . 3 Scroll to the key that you want to change, and press Opti on s . 4 Scroll to Change and press Select . 5 Enter a phone number , then pr ess OK . OR Press Find to r ecall the number from your ph one book. 6 Enter a name, then pr ess OK . Erase 1-touch dialing numbers 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to 1-touch dialin g and press Select . 3 Scroll to the key that you want to er ase and press Opti ons . 4 Scroll to Erase and press Select . 5 Press OK to confirm. ⢠MAKE AN INTERNATIONAL C A L L 1 Press twice t o enter the international dialing prefix ( ) . 2 Enter the countr y code, area code, and phone number , and press .
[ 63 ] A dvanced callin g features 10 ⢠USE THE PHONE BOOK T o use phone bo ok menus, begin at the Start screen and press Name s . Then, scroll through th e menus to sele ct a particular menu or option. Opti on Acti on Find Searches for a specific nam e. Add en try Ent er s a ne w name an d numb er . Edit name Allows you to change a name. Erase Era ses na me s/num be rs . Y o u ca n choo se to erase individual names/numbers, or you can erase all information at on e time. Copy Copies names/numbers between your phone and SIM card. Add num b er Allows you to enter more th an one number per name. Setti ngs Choo ses the memor y s ourc e (SIM car d or inte rnal ), phone book view , and shows th e memory status. 1-touch dialing Allows you to assigns a 1-touch dial location to the name. Refer to â Use 1-touch dialingâ on page 6 1 for more information. Vo i c e t a g s Programs voice-activ ated dialing Info numbers If your SIM card and network ser vice supports this fe atu re , you can a cce ss se rvi ce nu mbe rs on di ffe rent topics, such as weather and e ntertainment. Service nos. Includes phone number for ser vice call. Own nu mbers Allows you to view your phone nu mber . Ca ller group s Renames or changes th e ringing tone for a caller group.
11 [ 64 ] 1 1 Use voice features The voice features in your phone make communication more convenient. Y ou can check messages from friends o r business associates, record a voice memo, and use voice diali ng and voice comm ands for ha ndsfree op eratio n. ⢠ABOUT VOICE MAIL V oice mail is a network feature that allow s callers to leave a voice message for you when you are not able to take the call. T o use voice mail, you must have: ⢠A voice mail subscr ip tion ⢠A voice ma ilbox number ⢠A temporar y password These items are assigned by your service provider . Y our service provider should also tell you how to recor d a greeting f or your voice ma ilbox and how to change the temporary password. After you obtain this information from your service pr ovider , you must then save the voice mailbox number to your phone. V oice mail indicators When you receive a voice message, your phone le ts you know by beeping, displaying an icon on the screen , or showing a text message. The method of notification depends upon your carrier . Additionally , if y ou receive more than 1 voice mail message, your phone may display the number of messages that you have received. Fin ally , if you subscribe to 2 different phone lin es, the message would indicate the line to which the message was addressed. Note: If you h ave difficulty using th e voice mail f eature, contact your service pr ovider .
[ 65 ] Use voice f eatures 11 ⢠SAVE THE VOICE MAILBOX NUMBER 1 Press Menu 01 9 2 ( Messag es > Vo i c e messag es > Vo i c e mailbox numbe r ). 2 Enter your voice m ailbox number , then press OK . W ork with 2 phone lines If your particular SIM car d supports it, your phone can have 2 phone lines. Y our service provider can tell you if your SIM car d allows the use of this feature and can give you access to 2 phone lines. If you decide to u se 2 phone l ines, you can select 1 of th e 2 lin es for outgoing calls, but you can still an swer calls on both lines. If you use 2 phone lines, you wi ll be given a voice ma ilbox number for each line. Y o u need to save each phone lineâÂÂs voice mailbox number separately . T o do this, first select the outgoing line and save its v oice mailbox num ber . Then, select the other line and save its n umber . ⢠LISTEN TO YOUR VOICE MES SAGES If thereâÂÂs a notification message on your screen, you can get your voice messages using one of the f ollowing methods: ⢠If youâÂÂve saved you r voice mai lbox number in your phone, press and hold to call your voice m ailbox. ⢠Press to call your voice m ailbox and f ollow the d irections provided. ⢠Call your voice m ailbox number as you would any othe r telephone number , then follow the directions provided. ⢠USE THE VOICE RE CORDER Y ou ca n use the voice re corder fea ture wh en you want to recor d person al notes or reminders, or when you want to r ecord an active phone conversation.
11 [ 66 ] Reco rd a me mo 1 Press Menu 10 1 ( Extras > V oi ce re co rder ). 2 T o begin r ecording, scroll to Reco rd , then press Select . 3 Clearl y state your n ote. Whe n you ar e finish ed, p ress Stop . When Title : appear s, enter a n ame and press OK to sa ve it. Record ing sa ved appears on the screen. If you do n ot want to save th e recording, then follow these steps: 1 Press Clea r to era se the n ame. Then pre ss Back . 2 Recording will no t be saved. Continue? appears on the sc ree n. Press OK . Record a phone conv ersation Note: Obey all local laws governing re cordin g of ca l ls. Do not use this feature illegally . 1 Place the call. 2 While in th e call, press Opti ons . 3 Scroll to Reco rd , then pres s Select . While you are r ecording, the screen shows the amount of time le ft. 4 When you are fin ished, pre ss Stop . 5 Record ing saved appears on the screen, and the conversation is automatically saved under th e name âÂÂRecording. â Y o u can edit the name la ter . Listen to or edit a memo 1 T o listen to or edit a r ecorded memo, press Menu 1 0 1 2 ( Extras > V oice re cor der > Reco rdi ngs list ), then press Opti ons . 2 Scroll to one of the followin g options: ⢠Select Play back to listen to the memo.
[ 67 ] Use voice f eatures 11 ⢠Select Edit title to change the name of a memo. Enter the new name and press OK . ⢠Select Er as e to dele te the m emo. Set an alarm Y ou can se t an alar m for a voice memo as a remind er to yo ursel f. Note: V oice memo alar ms are played only when the ph one is on. There is n o snooze fu nction. 1 Press Menu 10 1 2 ( Extras > V oic e rec ord er > Reco rdi ngs list ). If you ha ve more th an 1 voice memo recor ded, scroll th rough the recording list to find th e memo you want. 2 Press Optio ns . Scroll to Add alarm and press Select . 3 Enter the date and time for the alarm, then press OK . Alarm added ap p ear s o n the s cre en. Notes about voice memos ⢠Y ou have abou t 180 seconds, bu t the maximum length of th e memo depends on a vailable memory . ⢠There ar e 3 audi o cues to indi cate the reco rding st atu s to both parti es in an acti ve phone conv ersation. The start tone pl ays when recording begin s. A recor ding ton e play s every 5 seconds while the co nversat ion is bein g record ed. An endin g tone s ignals th e end of the reco rding. ⢠When the recording tone starts to b eep every 2 seconds, you on ly have 1 0 seconds left for your voice memo. ⢠If the m emory is fu ll when you try to r ecord a ne w voice memo, No space for n ew r ecord ing appears on the screen. Y ou have th e choice to erase an e xistin g vo ice m emo to free up sp ace f or t he new rec ording . ⢠If you are recording an active phone conversation an d you receive a call on your second phone l ine, the voice memo ends and is saved automatically .
11 [ 68 ] ⢠USE VOICE DIALING Y our phone âÂÂs voice dialing feature allow s handsfree operation while you place a call. Bef ore using this feature, you need to create e ntries in the phone book so you can associate a "voice tag" with a name and numbe r . Add a voice t a g to a phone book entry T o cre ate entri es in the ph one book, see âÂÂS ave nam es, number s, and e-mail addresses â on page 39. 1 At the Start scr een, sc roll to th e name you wan t to give a voice tag. 2 Press Det ails , then Opti ons , and scr oll to Add voi ce tag . 3 Press Select . The phone displays Press S tart, then sp eak after to ne . 4 Press Start . Y ou will h ear several beeps, and Pl eas e sp eak no w appears. If youâ re using the headset, release th e button. 5 Speak clearly into the microphone. Note: Do NO T press Quit unless you wan t to cancel the recording. The phone automatically stops recording, then saves and replays the voice tag. If the r ecording is not successful, your phone displays an er ror message. Press Optio ns , scroll to Add v oice tag , and repeat steps 3 - 5. Wa r n i n g : Do n ot rely only on a voice tag for dialing emergency numbers. In emergencies, stress causes changes in your voice, which may keep the phon e from recognizing the command.
[ 69 ] Use voice f eatures 11 About voice tags Before using voice dia l ing, note that: ⢠V oice tags are not language depen dent. They ar e depende nt on the sp eak e râÂÂs vo ice . ⢠V oice tags ar e sensitive to background noise. Recor d th e m and make calls in a quiet environment. ⢠When r ecording a voice ta g or making a call by saving a voice tag, hold the phon e in the n ormal position near to you r ear . ⢠V e ry short n ames are not accepted. Use long n ames and avoid s imilar name s for dif fe rent num ber s. ⢠Y o u canno t use the voic e tag or voi ce di aling featu re if you are activ ely sending or receivin g data using the GPR S connection. Note: Y ou must say the name e xactly as you said it wh en you recorded it. Th is may be difficult in, for example, a n oisy environment or during an e mergency , so you should not r ely solely upon voice dialing in a ll circumstances. Make a call using voice recognition 1 Press and ho l d Names OR Press and hold the volume down key on the side of the phone. When you hear s everal beeps and Please sp eak now appears, release the button. 2 Pronounce the voice tag clearly into the microphone. Searching appears. When the ph one finds th e voice tag, Found appear s, and the phone auto matically dia ls the number . If the ph one does n ot locate a number , No match found appears. If youâÂÂre usin g the headset and the ph one does not locate the number , you will hear an erro r tone an d No match found appears. To start voice dialing again, press and hold th e headset button imme diately after the error ton e.
11 [ 7 0 ] Listen to a voice tag 1 Press Names and scroll to Vo i c e t a g s . 2 Press Select , then scrol l to the n ame with the voice tag you want to hear . 3 Press Optio ns , scroll to Pla ybac k , and press Select . Change a voice tag 1 Press Names and scroll to Vo i c e t a g s . 2 Press Select , then scrol l to the n ame with the voice tag you want to change. 3 Press Optio ns , scroll to Change, and press Sel ect . The phone displays Pres s St ar t, th e n spe ak afte r ton e . 4 Press Start , then sa y the n ew na me. The phone r epeats your voice tag, and Vo i c e t a g c h a n g e d appears. Erase a voice tag 1 Press Names and scroll to Vo i c e t a g s . 2 Press Select , then scrol l to the n ame with the voice tag you want to change. 3 Press Optio ns , scroll to Erase and press Select . Erase voice tag ? appears. 4 Press OK to erase the voice tag. ⢠USE VOICE COMMANDS The voice com mand feature allows a ccess to handsfr ee operation for certain phone f unction s. V oice comman ds work similar to voice dialing. Before using voice commands, you must f irst associate a voice tag to the phone function. Note: Y ou do have to press a button to ac tivate the command, see â A ctivate a voice commandâ on pa ge 72.
[ 7 1 ] Use voice f eatures 11 View available func tions T o see which functions in your ph one work w ith voice commands: Press Menu 10 2 ( Extras > Vo i c e commands ) and scroll throug h the list of features. Add a voice t a g for the command 1 Press Menu 10 2 ( Extras > Vo i c e commands ). 2 Scroll to the phone feature you want, th en press Select . 3 Press Optio ns . Add co mmand appears on the screen. 4 Press Select . 5 Press Start , then speak the voice tag clearly into the micr ophone. Note: Do NO T press Quit unless you wan t to cancel the recording. Phone feature Use a v oice ta g to s elec t a prof ile or activate a feature Prof il es Normal Silent Me eti ng Outdoor Pa g e r Vo i c e mailb ox Call voice mailbox Infrar ed Activate in frared Vo i c e reco rder Record
11 [ 72 ] The phone replays then sa ves the recorded tag. The icon appears next to commands that have voice tags assigned. Activate a voice command After you as sociate a voice tag with a phon e featur e, you can issue a command by speaking the voice tag. There are 3 w ays to activate a voice command: 1 If you have the headset attached, press and hold the headset button. OR Press and ho l d Names . OR Press and hold the volume down key . 2 When Plea se speak now appears, pronounce the voice tag clearly into the microphone . When the phone f inds the tag, Found appears, and the command is issued. Note: Y ou cannot use voice commands if you are actively sending or receiving da ta using the GPRS con nection. W ork with an existing voice command tag After you have associated a voice tag to a command, you can choose to playback a tag, chan ge a tag or erase a tag. 1 Press Menu 10 2 ( Extras > Vo i c e c o m m a n d s ). 2 Scroll to the f eature, then press Select . 3 Press Optio ns . 4 Scroll to Pla ybac k , Cha ng e or Erase , t hen pr e ss Select . 5 Follow the prompts on th e screen.
[ 73 ] P ers onalize your phon e 12 12 P ersonalize your phon e ⢠WHAT ARE PROFILES? Profiles l et you s et your pho neâÂÂs sound setti ngs to your environm ent, whether itâÂÂs a meeting or a soccer game. Each profile con tains settings for your ph one âÂÂs ri ngi ng op tion , r ingi ng tone, ri ngi ng v olu me, vibra ting al ert, me ssage ale rt t o n e, k ey p a d t o n es , a n d wa rn in g tones. Just pi ck the pro fil e that s uits y ou r c u rr e nt en v ir o n m en t: Normal, Sile nt, Outdoor , Meeting, or P ager . Y ou can m odify the settings in each profile, and (except for th e Normal, Car , and Headset profiles) you can rename them. Select a profile 1 Press Menu 3 ( Prof il es ). 2 Scroll to the pr ofile you want to use (for e xample, Normal ) and press Select . 3 Scroll to Select , then press Select . Customize th e profile 1 Press Menu 3 ( Prof il es ). 2 Scroll to the pr ofile you want to customize, then pre ss Select . 3 Scroll to Cust omiz e , then press Sel e ct . 4 Use the scroll keys to display each of the o ptions in the f ollowing table. Once you find th e option youâÂÂd like to customize , press Select .
12 [ 74 ] Opti on What it does Rin gi ng op t ions Allows you to chose a ringing style. Y o ur choices include Ring , Asce nding , Ri ng onc e , Beep onc e an d Silent . Ringin g tone Allows you to cho se from 35 pre-programmed tones. Y ou can also download up to 5 ringing tones, see âÂÂDownload ringing tonesâ on pa ge 82 for mor e info rmatio n. Ringing volume Allows you to set the volume for incoming c alls. Vibrating alert Allows you to turn the vibrating alert on or off. Note: your phone has an internal vibratin g mechanism so you do not n eed a special battery to use this feature. Messag e alert tone Allows you to chose an alert style. Y o ur choices include No tone , Standard , Special , Beep once , Asc e ndi n g an d Pe r s o n a l . Ke y p a d t o n e s Allows you to set th e volume for keypad tones. Wa r n i n g t o n e s Allows you to tu rn warning and confirmation tones on or off . Aler t for Y ou can chose to h ave your phone sound an audible alert only when a membe r of a selected caller group is calling. For more infor mation about Caller groups, see âÂÂUse caller groupsâ on page 7 9. Prof il e nam e Allows you to give a new name to the following profiles: Silent , Meet ing , Out do or or Pa g e r .
[ 75 ] P ers onalize your phon e 12 Set a timed profile Timed profiles can be useful in preventing missed calls. For exam ple, if you attend an event that requires you to set your phone to the Silent profile, you may forget to return the phone to the Normal profile after the even t is over . Y ou may not n otice incoming calls. W ith the timed profile, you can have the phone automatically return to the Normal profile at a time you s pe cify . 1 Press Menu 3 ( Prof il es ). 2 Scroll to the pr ofile you wish to activate, then press Sel e ct . 3 Scroll to Timed , th en pre ss Select . 4 Enter the time f or the profile to e xpire and press OK . 5 If you are using a 12-hour time f ormat, scroll to am or pm then press Select . The profile youâÂÂve set for expiration is now active an d appears in th e start screen along with a small clock icon. About accessory settings Y ou can u se your ph one with thes e accessories: ⢠Nokia Headset ⢠Nokia Car kit ⢠Nokia Loopset When you connect your phone to an accessor y approved by Nokia, th e phone automatically selects the matching profile. Note: The settin g used with the ca r kit is called Handsfree . The accessory settings d o not appe ar in the phoneâÂÂs menu until you connect the headset, ca r kit or loopset. Default profile allows you to adjust settings related to the accessory , such as ri ng tone .
12 [ 76 ] Set automatic answer This profile lets your phone answer incoming calls after just 1 ring. Note: This setting is available on ly when your phone is connected to a headset, loopset or to an approved car kit. T his feature applies only to voice calls. 1 Press Menu 4 6 ( Setti ngs > Accesso ry set ti ngs ). 2 Scroll to Headset , Hand sfree or Loop set then pre ss Select . 3 Scroll to Automati c answer , t hen pr es s Select . 4 Scroll to On and press Select . Use the loopset setting The LPS-3 L oopset gives pe ople with T -coil e quipped he aring aids the ability to make and receive calls without noise interference. Import ant: Refer to the booklet that comes with the L PS-3 for complete instructions and safety information. 1 Plug the loopset jack in to the bottom of your phone. 2 Press Menu 4 6 3 ( Setting s > Ac ce ssor y set ti ngs > Loop se t ). 3 Scroll to Use loops et , then press Select . 4 Scroll to Ye s , t hen pr e ss Select . Note: The headset is the defa ult accesso ry . If you f ollow step s 1 - 4 above, you set the loopset as the default access ory recognized by your phone. Use the car setting If you are using your phone with a car kit approved by Nokia, you can set lights to On (lights stay on) or Automati c (after 15 seconds, ligh ts turn off until th e next key is pr e ssed or the phone rings). loopset jack
[ 77 ] P ers onalize your phon e 12 ⢠ADJUST VOLUME CONTRO L Y ou set your volu me by adjusting th e earpiece volume buttons. See âÂÂAbout your phoneâ for an illustration of volume control keys loca ted on the left side of th e 839 0. ⢠CHOOSE THE DISPLAY LANGUAGE Y ou can choose your ph oneâÂÂs display language. 1 Press Menu 4 4 1 ( Setting s > Phone setti ngs > La ng ua ge ). 2 Scroll to the langu age you want, the n press Select . ⢠SET UP THE CLOCK Y our phon e has an inte rnal cl ock that c an be displaye d on the S tart sc reen. It als o f eat ur es a n al arm cl oc k (see âÂÂUse the alarm clock â on pa ge 1 18) . Note: Y ou ma y need to set the clock each time the battery runs out or is removed and reinstalled. Set the time 1 Press Menu 4 2 1 ( Setting s > Time setting s > Cloc k ). 2 Scroll to Se t th e tim e , then press Sel ect . 3 Enter the current time, using 2 digits f or both hours and minutes. OR Ent er ho urs an d m inu t es i n 24 -h our f orm at . 4 Press OK . 5 Select am or pm and press Select . Note: If you entered the time in the 24-h our f ormat, am and pm do not appear .
12 [ 78 ] If this is th e first time you h ave set the clock, the phone asks you to enter the date. Enter the date in mmddyyyy fo rm at and pr es s OK . Select the time format 1 Press Menu 4 2 1 3 ( Set tin gs > Time settings > Clock > Tim e f o rm at ). 2 Scroll to 24-ho ur or am/pm . 3 Press Select . Display the clock This feature lets you continuously display the time on the Start screen. 1 Press Menu 4 2 1 ( Setting s > Time setting s > Cloc k ). 2 Scrol l to Hide c loc k or Dis play clo ck (only 1 choi ce appears, de pendi ng on the cu rrent setting). 3 Press Select . Set automatic update of date and time If this feature is support ed by your wir eless service provider , it automati cally updates the clock in your phone in accordance with the current time zo n e. This may be helpful if you are traveli ng from New Y ork to California, for example, and want to receive the local time from th e wireless network. 1 Press Menu 4 2 2 ( Setti ngs > Ti me se tti n gs > Auto up da te of dat e and ti me ). 2 Scroll to one of the followin g options, th en press Select : ⢠On: Updates the date and time automatically . ⢠Conf irm first: Requires you to con firm that you wa n t the update. ⢠Off: Prevents the date and time from being automatically updated.
[ 79 ] P ers onalize your phon e 12 ⢠USE CALLER GROUPS Y ou can a dd phone book entries to one of five caller groups, a nd assign a unique ringing tone or gr aphic to that group. T his enables you to identify callers from t hat caller gr o up by their unique ringing t one or graphic. A caller group can be as sm all as 1 pers on or as large as your entire phone book. Caller groups can be r enamed to suit your prefer ence. Add names to a caller gr oup The name you add to a caller group m ust first be stored in the phone book. For instr uctions, see âÂÂSave names , numbers, an d e-mail a d dressesâ on page 39. 1 From the Start screen, scroll to the name or number you want. 2 Press Det ails , then pre ss Opti ons . 3 Scroll to Ca ller gr oups and press Select . 4 Scroll through th e list of caller groups until you find th e one you want, then pres s Select . The following Caller gr oups are ava ilable: Remove names fr om a caller group 1 Follow steps 1-3 above. 2 Scroll to No grou p and press Select . Assign a ringin g tone to a caller group 1 From the Start screen, press Names . 2 Scroll to Ca ller gr oups and press Select . 3 Scroll to the group you want and press Sel ect . 4 Scroll to Group rin ging ton e and press Select . 5 Scroll to the tone you want to hear when anyone from this group calls you and press Select . F amily VIP Friends Busine ss Othe r
12 [ 80 ] Set your phone to ring only for a caller group Y ou can set y our phon e t o r ing only when peopl e f rom certain caller groups call you, and to be silent for all oth er call groups. For example, if you do not want to be disturbed unless a family m ember calls, you wou ld follow these steps. Note: In this ex ample, the phone give s an audible al ert for the Fa m i l y caller group. The phone gives a visual alert with blinking lights if a ny other person calls you. 1 Add the names and numbers of your family to the Fami l y caller g roup by following Steps 1-4 liste d under âÂÂAdd names to a caller gr oupâ on page 79. 2 Press Menu 3 ( Prof il es ), scroll to No rm a l , then press Select . 3 Scroll to Cust omiz e , then press Sel e ct . 4 Scroll to Aler t for , then pres s Select . 5 Scroll to Al l call s , press Unmark , then pres s Ba ck . The phone pr ompts you to save changes, press Ye s . 6 At t he Al er t for menu, press Sel ect . 7 Scroll to Fa m i l y , pre ss Mark , then pres s Back . The phone pr ompts you to save changes, press Ye s . Rename a caller group Y ou can ren ame any caller group with a name of your own. 1 From the Start screen, press Names . 2 Scroll to Ca ller gr oups and press Select . 3 Scroll to the group you want and press Sel ect . 4 Scroll to Ren ame gro up and press Select . 5 Enter the n ew grou p name, then press OK .
[ 8 1 ] P ers onalize your phon e 12 Use group graphics Each caller group has a graphic (picture) as sociated with it. When you get a c al l fr om so me one w ho m yo u h ave ass ign ed to a c all er gro up, th e gra ph ic associat ed wi th that group flashes on the screen. T o turn the graphic on for a caller group: 1 Press Names , scroll to Call er gro ups , and press Select . 2 Scroll to the name of t he group and press Select . 3 Scroll to Grou p lo go and press Select . Note: T o se e the g rou p gr aph ic be fo re you se lec t it, sc ro ll to View and press Select . Press Back to return to the me nu. 4 Scroll to On and press Select . T o turn the graphic off, f ollow the steps above, bu t scroll to Off in th e last s tep. SEN D A GRAPHI C 1 Follow steps 1-3 above. 2 Scroll to Send logo and pr ess Select . 3 Enter the phon e number or scroll to find it in your phone book, then press OK . VIEW A REC EIVED GRAPH IC 1 When you r eceive a grap hic from someon e else, Grou p logo recei ved app e ars . 2 T o view the graphic, press Show . 3 After viewing the graphic, pr ess Opti on s and then choose on e of the following: ⢠Save to save it. (Y ou must choose which caller group gets the new g rap hi c.) ⢠Disca rd to delete i t. 4 Press Select .
12 [ 82 ] ⢠DOWNLOAD RIN GING TONES Y ou can download up to 5 ringing tones to replace the Pe r s o n a l entries in your list of ringing ton es. For details about this network service, contact your wirele ss service provider . Notification of received ringing tone W hen you r ph on e r ece ive s a ri ng ing ton e, it di spl ays Ringing tone received . Listen to re ceived ringing tones Note: If you press Ex it at an y time before sa ving the ringing tone, the ringin g tone will be deleted! 1 When your phone dis p lays Ringing tone received , press Options . Pla ybac k is selected. 2 Press OK . The phone plays the ringing tone . Save receive d ringing tones 1 After listening to the ringing tone, press OK . 2 Scroll to Save , then pres s OK . The tone is saved to your list of ringing tones. Discard re ceived ringing tones If you donâÂÂt w ant to save the ringin g tone, press Exit without saving it, or scroll to Disc a rd , t hen pr es s Select , confirm with OK . ⢠RESTORE FACTORY SETTINGS Y ou can reset som e of the phone settings to their original values. Cautio n: Resto ring f actory sett ings do es not erase your ph one book . However , it does erase all cu stomized s ettings you may ha ve entered. 1 Press Menu 4 9 ( Setti ngs > Resto re factor y set ti ngs ). 2 Enter the Security code, then pres s OK .
[ 83 ] P ers onalize your phon e 12 ⢠CHANGE XPRESS-ON⢠COLOR COVERS T o personalize your 8 390, you can change the front and back covers. Nokia Xpress-on TM covers are available in severa l fashion colors. Extra covers may be pu rchased from your authorized Nokia dealer . Import ant: Before changing the cover , always switch off the power and disconnect th e phone from any charger or any other device. Always store the phone w ith the covers attached. Rem o ve the b ack cover 1 With the back of the phone facing you, press and hold the back cover release button. 2 Slide the cov e r off. Remove the phone from the front cover 1 With t he back of the ph on e facing you, find th e pla stic tabs on t he bottom of the phone. 2 Grasp the plastic tabs a nd gently separate the ph on e from the f ront cover .
12 [ 84 ] Change the keypad 1 Lift the keypad f rom inside the old fron t cover . 2 Place the keypad into the n ew front cover . Replace the new front cover 1 T o replace the front cover , ali gn the to p of the ph one wi th the top of th e front cover . Make sure both sets of p lastic tabs line u p with their slots, as shown at right. 2 Align the cover and snap it shut all the way aro und the edge of the phone.
[ 85 ] P ers onalize your phon e 12 Repla ce the back cove r 1 Direct th e back cover towards the lockin g catches on the phone. 2 Slide the back c over until it locks into place.
13 [ 86 ] 13 Manage phone security Y our phone is equ ipped with different security features that allow you to do the followin g: ⢠avoid m aking accidental calls, ⢠pre vent unau thor ized use of y our ph one, and ⢠restrict outgoing or incoming calls. ⢠LOCK THE KEYPAD (K EYGUARD ) The keyp ad l ock ( K ey guard ) d isa ble s you r keyp ad to preve nt acci dental key presses (fo r ex ample, when your phone is in your pocket o r purse). ⢠T o lock the ke ys, press Men u , then . ⢠T o unlock the keys, press Unlock , then . Note: K eyguard does n ot prevent unauthorized use of your ph one. Note: Connecting your phone to a car kit automatically disables K eygu ard. Note: When K eygu ard i s o n, calls m ay b e possi ble to e merge ncy numbers (for example 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). K ey in the emergen cy number and press . The numbe r is displayed only after you h ave keyed in its last digit.
[ 87 ] Manage phone security 13 ⢠ABOUT SECURITY CODES The following table summarizes how different types of security codes are used in your ph on e. Code Pur pose For more inf orm ati on Se cu rity co de Required by several phone featur es. If ph one se curity is on, the phone reques ts the securit y code the first time you use it after installing a new S IM ca rd . See âÂÂClear call listsâ on page 47, âÂÂClear call timersâ on page 47, âÂÂClear the data counterâ on page 50 , âÂÂRes to re fact ory settingsâ on page 82 and âÂÂE rase your entir e phone bookâ on page 4 2. PIN code If SIM card security is on , the phone requests the PIN code every time the phone is tu r ned o n. See âÂÂPI N codesâ on page 88. PIN 2 cod e Required by several phone featur es. See en tries for show call costs, call cost limit, fixe d dialing, and PIN and PIN2 codes. Restr ictio n pass wor d Required by the restrict calls featur e. See â About your restriction passwordâ on page 9 1.
13 [ 88 ] ⢠PI N CO DES The PIN and PIN2 codes a re 4- to 8 -digit numbers that usually come f rom your service provider along with the SIM card. Use the PIN code to protect your phone and SIM card against unauthorize d use. The PIN2 code activ ates so me of y ou r ph on eâ s fu nc tio ns, such as Call cost limit. See â Manag e call costsâ on page 48. When the p hone r equi res t he PIN or PI N2 code, it d isplays Enter PIN code : or Enter PIN2 code: . Enter the code then press OK . Set PIN code request Y ou can a ctivate the PIN code request to prevent unauthorized u se of your phone. If you set the PIN code request to On , your phone will as k for the code each tim e you turn the phone on . 1 Press Menu 4 8 1 ( Setti ngs > Secu rity sett ings > PIN code re ques t ). 2 Enter the PI N code supplied by your service provider , and press OK . 3 Scroll to On and press OK . T o turn off th is feature, repe at steps 1 - 3 above, but highlight Off in ste p 3 . Change your PIN or PIN2 code Y ou can ch ange your PIN or PIN2 code to any 4- to 8 -digit numbe r . 1 Pres s Menu 4 8 6 ( Set tings > Se cur it y settin gs > Cha nge access codes ), scroll to the PIN code you want to ch ange, then press Select . 2 Enter the current PIN code and press OK . 3 Enter the n ew PIN code and press OK . 4 Enter the new PIN code again to verify , and press OK .
[ 89 ] Manage phone security 13 Note: If you make a m istake while enter ing the code, Cod e Error appears. Start again at step 2 and be careful to en ter the correct code. If y ou e nter t he w rong code 3 times i n a r ow , the PIN c ode is blocke d. T o unb lock the PIN code, you need a P ers onal Unb locking Ke y ( P U K ) . ⢠PUK CODES The PUK (P e rsonal U nblocking K ey) and PUK2 codes ar e 4- to 8-digit codes that also usually come from your service provider along with th e SIM card. The PUK code unblocks a blocked PIN code, and the PUK2 code u nblocks a blocked PIN2 code. If you block you r phone, you may need to contact your ser vice provider . When you enter th e PU K code given by your s e rvice provider , the phone will ask you to enter and then confirm a new PI N code. ⢠SECURITY CODE Note: The def ault security code is 12345. Y ou need th e secu rity code to access some security f eatur es. W hen the phone require s the security code, it displays Se cu rity co de: Enter the code then press OK . If you enter an incorrect security code 5 times in a row , the phone will not accept th e correct c od e for 5 m inutes. Change the security c ode 1 Pre ss Menu 4 8 6 ( Setti ngs > Se cur it y settings > Change acces s codes ). 2 Scroll to Ch ange sec urity c ode and press Select . 3 Enter the current security code, then press OK . 4 Enter the new securi ty code, then pr ess OK . 5 Enter the security code again to verify , then press OK . Import ant: K eep the code secret and in a safe place, separate from the phone.
13 [ 90 ] ⢠USE FIXED DIALING If supported by your SIM card, this feature lets you restr ict your outgoing calls to phone numbers included in the f ixed dialing list or beg inning with the same digit(s) as an entry in the list. Note: When fixed dialing is set on, cal ls may be p ossible to certain em erge ncy nu mber s in so me net work s (e .g . 9 1 1 or o ther of fici al emerg ency num ber) . T urn fixed dialing on o r off 1 Press Menu 4 8 3 ( Settin gs > Security sett ings > Fixed dia ling ). 2 Scroll to On or Off , then pres s OK . 3 Enter your PI N2 code, then press OK . Add numbers to t he fixed dialing list 1 Press Menu 4 8 3 ( Setting s > Security setting s > Fixed dia ling ). 2 Scroll to Number l ist , then press Sel ect . 3 Scroll to Add , then pres s Select . 4 Enter your PI N2 code and press OK . 5 Enter a name to go w ith the res tricted phone nu mber , the n pre ss OK . 6 Enter the phone number you want to restrict, then p ress OK . Repeat steps 3 - 6 for each n umber you want to add to the list. ⢠RES TRI CT C ALLS This network se rvice lets you r est rict th e calls your phone can make and receive. Check with your ser vice provider f or details. Note: When calls are re stricted, calls may be possible to th e emerg enc y n umb er in so me ne t works (suc h a s 9 1 1 or ot her officia l emer gency nu mber) .
[ 9 1 ] Manage phone security 13 T urn on call r estrictions 1 Press Menu 4 8 2 ( Setting s > Security setting s > Cal l restr icti ons ). 2 Scroll through the types of calls you can restrict , and press Sel ect whe n you se e th e one you w an t. Out going call s : Calls cannot be made. In terna tio na l cal ls : Calls cannot be made to fore ign countries. Internat ional except to ho me country : When abroad, calls can be made only within the current country and to your home country (that is, the cou ntry where you r home n etwork operator is located). Incoming calls : Calls cannot be received. Incoming calls if ro aming : Calls cannot be received outside your home ar ea. Canc el al l call res tric tion s : T urns off all call r e strictions. Calls can be made and received in th e usual way . Note: If you selected Can cel al l c all re stri ctio ns , the following steps ar e not available. A lso, you can cancel call r estrictions on each option, allowing res trictions on other options to sta y in force. 3 Scroll to one of the followin g options: Activ ate : En ter the restriction pa ssword and pr e ss OK . Can c el : Enter th e restriction password and press OK . Status : T he phone lists the call types with call restriction active. 4 Press OK . About your re striction password Contact your service provide r for the restriction password. Change your restriction password 1 Pre ss Men u 4 8 6 ( Settin gs > Secu rity settings > Chan ge acce ss codes ). 2 Scroll to Change r estri ction pa ssword , t hen pr es s Select . 3 Enter your new passwor d, then pres s OK .
13 [ 92 ] ⢠SET UP A C LOSED USER GR OUP This network s e rvice specifies th e group of people to whom you can ca ll and who can call you. Def ault resets the phone to use a user group that the SIM card owner has agreed upon with th e service provider . Note: When calls are limited to Closed User Groups, calls may be possible to certain emerge ncy numbers in some networks (e.g. 9 1 1 or other official emergency number ). T urn on closed user group 1 Press Menu 4 8 4 ( Setti ngs > Security setting s > Close d user gro up ). 2 Scroll to On , enter the group nu mber , then pr ess Select . T urn off closed user group 1 Press Menu 4 8 4 ( Setti ngs > Security setti ngs > Clos ed user gro up ). 2 Scroll to Off , then pres s Select .
[ 93 ] Select a system 14 14 Select a system Y ou can select how your phone ch ooses a wir eless network, as there may be more than one available. The selection you make stays active until you change it or change the SIM card. 1 Press Menu 4 4 3 ( Setting s > Phone sett ings > System se lect ion ). 2 Scroll to Automati c or Manual , then pr ess Select . ⢠Au tomatic : T he phone automatically selects one of th e available syste ms. ⢠Manual : Th e phone se arches for available syste ms and then list s them . Scroll to the on e you wan t, then press Select . The phone looks for a networ k and displays th e re sult. If you lose con nection while in Manual mode, the ph one asks you to select a n etwork again.
15 [ 94 ] 15 Communicate with text messages The text message ne twork service allows you to send short text messages to other phones th at have text message capability . Y ou can also ask the service provider to convert the me ssage to ot h er for mats such as e-mail and fa x. ⢠MESSAGE SETTINGS Before you can send and receive text you must: ⢠Have a text m essaging subs cription through your service provider . ⢠Kno w your messag e cente r num ber . ⢠Save your message cen ter number in your phone. ⢠Se t up ot her m essage setti ngs, su ch as GP RS. Save your message center number Note: Y our service provider supplies the message center number . 1 Press Menu , then press Sel ect . 2 Scroll to Message set ti ngs , then pres s Select . 3 Press Select twice. 4 Enter your mes sage cen ter number , then pres s OK . Set the message mode Y ou can ch oose the type of message sent by your phone. The message modes include Text, E-mail, Fax and P age. Note: The def ault message type is te xt. Note: This feature must b e supported by your ser vice provider .
[ 95 ] Communicate with text messages 15 1 Press Menu , then press Sel ect . 2 Scroll to Message set ti ngs , then pres s Select . 3 Press Select . Scroll to Messages sent as , then press Select . 4 Scroll to Te x t , E-mail, P aging, or Fax , then pre ss OK . Note: In order to receive a converted message, the recipient n eeds to have the appropriate ter minal device, such as a fax machi ne, pager , or e -mail account. Choose other message settings Y ou can modify th e following message settings (s e e C hapter 6, âÂÂList of Menu Shortcutsâ for men u numbers): Choice What it does Messag e vali dity Describes the amount of time that your message center w ill try to deliver a message. Y ou can cho os e a ti me fro m 1 h our to 1 we ek. Defau lt reci pient numbe r Allows you to specify a single r ecipient for all your messa ges. De liv ery repo rt s Allows you to ask the n etwork for a report about message delivery . Use GP RS Allows you to send you r messages via the General P a cket Radio System (GPRS). Rep ly v ia s am e center Choose th is when you want your re cipient to reply through the same message center . Note : Do n ot choose Ye s unless you know the recipient has th e same service pro vider . Rename s ending prof il e Allows you to na me the profile. This option depends on SIM card.
15 [ 96 ] ⢠W RITE MESS AGES Y ou can use th e text message feature to send a short text message to another phone or to send an e-mail message. Tip : Review ABC mode and pred ictive text input from â Enter letters and numbersâ on page 32 bef ore reading this section. Send text message s 1 Press Menu 01 1 ( Messag es > Writ e messag e ). Write mes sages appear s briefly , followed by the m essage screen . 2 Enter a message of up to 160 char acters. The number of available chara cters appears in th e top right corner of the sc reen. 3 Once you have finished writing, press Optio ns , scrol l to Send , then press Select . 4 Enter or r ecall the recipient âÂÂs phone number , then pr ess OK . Sending mess age appears. When the me ssage is successf ully sent, Messag e sent appears. Note: When sending messages via the SMS network service, your phone may display the w ords â Message sent .â This is an indication that the message has been sent by your phon e to the message centr e number programme d into your phone. This is not a n indication t ha t the messag e has been re ceived at the inten ded de stinatio n. For more details about SMS services, check with your servi ce provider . Cautio n: If you ne ed to exit wh ile writing th e message, press anytime. Later , press Menu 0 1 1 t o return and finish writing the message. If you turn of f the phone w ithout saving the m essage, the message will be lost.
[ 97 ] Communicate with text messages 15 Save messages in the outbox When you write a tex t message, itâÂÂs a good idea to save it in the outbox. Then if there is a m essage delivery problem, you can easily resen d the message. 1 While writing th e message, press Opti on s . 2 Scroll to Save message , th en pre ss Select . 3 Scroll to Outbo x , th en pre ss OK . Resend a message from th e outbox 1 Press Menu , then press Sel ect . 2 Scroll to Outbo x , th en pre ss Select . 3 Scroll to the message you wan t to resend, then press Select . The message appears on the screen. 4 Press Optio ns and scroll to Send . 5 Enter the number and press OK to send the m essage. Send an e-mail message There are 2 ways of sending an e- mail message. ⢠Y ou can send an e-mail mess age from the Messag es me nu. ⢠Y ou can send an e-mail mess age from the phone book. Note: Befo re yo u sen d an e-m ail mes sage, you nee d to kn ow the e-mail serv er number . Contact your service pr ovider for more information. Tip : Be sure to set the message mode to e-mail b efore you write your message. See âÂÂSet th e message modeâ on page 94 for details.
15 [ 98 ] FROM THE MES SAGES MENU 1 Press Menu 01 1 ( Messag es > Writ e messag e ). Write mes sages appear s briefly , followed by the m essage screen . 2 Enter a message of up to 1 60 char acters . The number of available chara cters appears in th e top right corner of the sc reen. 3 Once you have finished writing, press Optio ns , scrol l to Send , then press Select . The e-mail entry box appears. 4 Enter the e-mail address and press OK . OR Pre ss Find to find the e-mail address from your ph one book , then pre ss OK . 5 Enter the E-ma il server number an d press OK . Confirmation messages appear . FR OM THE PHON E BOOK First you must have an e-mail add ress entered into th e phone book. See Chapter 8 â Use the phone bookâ for m ore details. 1 Press , then scroll to the person to who m you want to se nd an e-mail. 2 Press Det ails , then scroll down to th e e-mail address. Pr ess Opti on s . 3 Scroll to Send e-mail , t hen pr es s Select . 4 The e-mail add ress appear s on the screen. Enter your m essage after the e-mail addr ess.
[ 99 ] Communicate with text messages 15 The number of available chara cters appears in th e top right corner of the sc reen. 5 Once you have finished writing, press Optio ns , then scroll to Send , then pr ess Select . 6 The e-mail address appears on the screen. C onfirm by pressing OK . 7 Enter the E-ma il server number an d press OK . Confirmation messages appear . ⢠READ TEXT MESSAGES Read new text messa ges When you receive a text message, the phon e displays Messag e receiv ed an d the indicator , and makes a sound. T o read th e message now , press Show . Read new text messa ges later 1 Whe n yo u re ceiv e a t ext m es sage , pr es s Exit . 2 Later w hen yo u wan t to read th e mess age, pre ss Menu , then press Se lect . 3 Scroll to In box , t hen pr e ss Select . A list of message headers is displayed. T he icon in f ront of the header indicates that a message has been read. Th e icon indicates that a mess age has not yet been read . 4 Scroll to the message you wan t, then press Select . 5 If t he message is l ong, use the scroll keys to scr oll th rough th e message .
15 [ 1 0 0 ] Choose text message options While reading or viewing a message, you can choose one of th e following options: Cho ice What it does Erase Allows you to dele te the message. Rep ly Allows you to choo se templates, use standard replies âÂÂY e s,â âÂÂNo,â âÂÂThank you,â or com pose your own reply from a blank screen. Use numbe r Allows you to extra ct numbers from the current messa ge. The phone g oes through and gathers all phone numbers in the m essage, including the origin ating address. Forward Allows you to send the message to another recipient. Forward opti on s Allows you to sen d your message to m any recipient s. Edit Allows you to modify the m essage. Move Al lows you to move the messag e to t he Outbox or A rchive, for example. Rename Allows you to enter a n ew title for the me ssage. Copy to calendar Copies the messa ge to your phoneâÂÂs calen dar as a remi nd er no te . Det ails Shows , for example, the senderâÂÂs name and pho ne number , message center used, reception date and time. Font size Allows you to choo se a small or large font si ze. Save pict ure Allows you to save a pictu re to the tem plate folder .
[ 101 ] Communicate with text messages 15 ⢠STORE MESSAGES Messages in the inbox share a given amount of memor y in your SIM card and phone m emory . When this mem ory is f ull and th ere is no m ore room to store messages, the message indicator blin ks. If you are sen t a text me ss a g e w h en t h e memory is full, the phone displays the mess age No spa ce: m ess age wait ing . Y ou should delete 1 or m ore old messages to make room for the new message. The network waits and r esends the message at a later time. Note: The number of messages your phone can store in the inbox may vary , de pending on the SI M card and phon e memory . ⢠CHAT WITH OTHER PHO NE USERS Y ou can have a conve rsation w ith another person using text messages. Chat is designed for f ast mess age sending through a connection betw een the sender a nd receiver . Y ou can start by using the Chat menu or by selecting the Chat option w hile youâÂÂre reading a r eceived message. Chat is a network feature . Contact your service pr ovider for more information. Note: This feature may not be available in th is version of the product. If there is no chat option on the menu, th is product version does not s upport this feature. About the chat screen On the chat s creen , youâÂÂll s ee: ⢠your chat name, f ollowed by a me ssa ge ⢠your initial message appear at the bottom of th e screen ⢠each reply appear above th e last me ssa ge
15 [ 1 02 ] Start a chat session 1 Press Menu , then press Sel ect . 2 Scroll to Chat , then press Select . 3 Enter the other partyâÂÂs p hone number or re call it from the phone book and press OK . 4 Enter your chat name and press OK . 5 Write you r chat message, pres s Opti on s , then press Send . The reply from the other party is shown above your original message. 6 Press OK to clea r the screen and reply to th e mes sage. Note: Y ou can s tart a chat session when re pl ying to a regular text message as well. When reading the message, select Opti ons , th en select Chat . Use predictiv e text for quick replies When you are in a chat session, you can u se the phoneâÂÂs dictionary to help speed up te xt entry . For mo re information see â P redictive text inpu tâ on page 35. 1 From th e message screen pres s Opti ons . 2 Scroll to Pred ict ive te xt , then pres s Select . 3 Scroll to the langua ge you want, the n press Select . View chat history Y ou can vie w messages sent and received duri ng the active chat session. 1 From th e message screen pres s Opti ons . 2 Scroll to Chat h istor y and press Select . Change your nickname 1 From th e message screen pres s Opti ons . 2 Scroll to C ha t na me , press Select , then enter ne w nickna me.
[ 1 0 3 ] Communicate with text messages 15 End your chat session Note: Once you e xit your chat session, the messages are deleted automatically . There is no way to save the chat history . 1 From th e message scree n press Opti ons . 2 Scroll to Quit and press Select . ⢠USE PICTURE MESSAGES Y our phone of fers you 1 0 picture message templates under Messages > Tem p l a t e s . Y ou can use these templates to sen d pictures to your friends and family . Y ou can also sav e new pictures in the T em plates folder . Note: Th is f uncti on c an be u sed o nly i f it i s su ppor ted by yo ur networ k operato r or service provi der . Only phone s that of fer picture message features can receive and display pi cture messages. About picture me ssages ⢠Each picture message is made up of several text m essages. Therefore, sending 1 picture message ma y cost more than sending 1 text message. Contact your service provider for pricing information. ⢠Since pictures are saved in the ph oneâÂÂs memory , you cannot view them if you use your SI M card with another phone. Send picture me ssages 1 Press Menu , then Select . 2 Scroll to Te m p l a t e s , then press Select . 3 Scroll to the picture you wan t to send, an d press Select . The picture appear s. T o choose a different picture, press Back , scroll to another picture, then press Select . 4 Press Optio ns , scroll to Send , th en pre ss Select . 5 Recall or e nter the ph one numbe r to which you want to sen d the picture message.
15 [ 1 0 4 ] Note: The phone number you choose must be able to receive picture messages. 6 Press OK . Send picture me ssages with text 1 Press Menu 01 1 ( Messag es > Write messages ). 2 Enter you r message, the n press Optio ns . 3 Scroll to Atta ch pict ure , then press Sel e ct . 4 Scroll to the picture you want to send, then press View . 5 After viewing the picture, select Atta ch . 6 Select Opti on s , scroll to Sen d . 7 Enter the ph one number or recall a num ber from you r phone book, then pr ess OK . Note: The phone number you choose must be able to receive picture messages. Receive pic ture messages 1 When your phone dis p lays Message re ce ived , pre ss Sho w an d the message appears. 2 If the picture has a text message with it, scroll u p or down to see the entire message . 3 Press Save pict ure to keep the picture me ssage, or press Exit to delete it. ⢠USE THE INFO MESSAGE SERVICE With the info message network service, you can receiv e sh or t text m essage s on va rious topics, such as weather and traffic con ditions, from you r service provider . In fo message selections can be f ound under Messag es > Info messag es . Note: For available topics and relevant topic numbers, contact your service pr ovider .
[ 1 0 5 ] Communicate with text messages 15 ⢠USE THE SERVICE COMMAND EDITOR Use the Ser vic e command edit or to key in and send service r equests (also known as USSD commands) to your service provider . Note: For more infor mation, contact your service provider .
16 [ 1 0 6 ] 16 Y our wireless Internet browser Y our phone h as a built-in browser you can use to connect to selected ser vices on the Intern et. Y ou can view we ather reports, check news or flight times, view financial information, and much more. ⢠NOTES ON WIRELESS INTERNET ACC ESS This section gives a brief overview of wireless Internet technology . T echnology background WA P A technology called Wireless Application Protocol (W AP) is to mobile devices what the Wor l d Wide We b (WWW) is to personal compute rs. The mobile community began developin g W AP several years ago to provide access to the In ternet for mobile users. T oday , m ost W AP sites are made u p of text and hyperlinks. Some pages even contain low-resolution graphics, or require data input. Y our service provider and oth ers are free to design W AP sites a s they choose, so the sites are as variable as W eb pages on th e Internet. Internet con tent on your personal comp uter is called a âÂÂweb page. â Internet content on your m obile phone is called a âÂÂpage,â or âÂÂW AP card.â GPRS General P a cket Radio Service (GPRS) is a technology used to send and receive data via short bursts or packets over the wi reless network. GPRS allows you to stay connected to the In ternet. This f eature allows for faster download s of i nfo rmation an d no tim e spe nt co mpletin g a dial -up con nection . Applications using G PRS include the W AP browser , text messa ging and dial-up connections for making digital data calls.
[ 1 0 7 ] Y our w irel ess Inte rn et br o wser 16 ⢠For information about how to track time spent online, see âÂÂChe ck data calls â on page 50. ⢠For information about sending messages via GPRS, see âÂÂChoose other message settingsâ on page 95. ⢠For information about dial-up con nections, refer to â GPRS d ial-up connectionsâ on page 13 1. ⢠For a vailability , pricing, and su bscription to GP RS services, contact your service pr ovider . The Service providerâ s role Because wir eless Internet content is designed to be vie wed from your phone, your wireless service provider now becom es your âÂÂwireless I nternet service providerâ as well . ItâÂÂs l ikely t hat you r servi ce provi der has c reate d a home page an d set up your browser to go to this page when you log on to th e Inte rnet. Once at your servi ce provi derâÂÂs home p age, youâÂÂll fi nd li n ks to a numbe r o f ot her sites. ⢠SET UP FOR BROWSING Y ou should not need to do anything to set up your phone for b rowsing. Y our service provider usually modifies the appropriate settings when you subscribe to the featu re. Con tact your ser vice pr ovider if you have problem s using the browser . ⢠SIGN ON TO THE WIRELESS INTERNET Y ou us e the Service s menu to connect to the Internet. Note: Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on wh en wirele ss phone use is pr ohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Press Menu 11 ( Ser v ic e s ). Scroll to Home , then pres s Select . OR Press and hold the key .
16 [ 1 0 8 ] Y our phone connects to the Internet and to your service providerâÂÂs home page. If you see th e mess age Ch eck ser vice settin gs , the phone may not be set up for browsing. Contact your ser vice provider to m ake sure that your phone is c onf igured proper ly . ⢠USE BROWSE R OPTIO NS The Servic es menu gives you th e options shown in the f ollowing list. Some service providers may have cu stomized the options on the Services menu. Contact your service provider for more in formation if any of the options shown here are not available. Cho ice What it does Home Starts the browser and takes you to your service providerâÂÂs home page. Book ma rk s Shows a list of all saved bookm arks. Bookmarks help you find a WAP site quickly . Service inbo x Allows you to r eceive notifications f rom your service provider . Notifications may be about new e-mail messages, changes in stock prices or news headlines. Setti ngs Provides options for changing connection settings, appearance settings, and authority certifica te. Go to addres s Acce p t s an addres s y ou enter . Cl ea r th e cache Empties the browse râÂÂs temporary memory and frees up space. ItâÂÂs advisable to e mpty y our cache at the end of each se ssion.
[ 1 0 9 ] Y our w irel ess Inte rn et br o wser 16 ⢠NAVIGATE THE WIRELESS INTERNET Since your phoneâÂÂs scre en is much smaller than a computer screen, Inte rnet content is displayed in a dif feren t for mat than you m ay be used to seeing. This sect ion sh ows sim ple gu ideli nes for using t he ph oneâÂÂs ke ys to n avigate a WA P site. Example s of how to r ead a W AP site follow the guideline s. General guidelines for using the phone keys ⢠Use t h e scroll keys to browse the W AP site. ⢠T o select a highlighted item, press . ⢠T o enter letters and numbers, press the keys to . ⢠T o enter special characters, press the ke y . Examples of wire less Internet sites The following illustrations show most of the elements you may f in d on a wireless Internet site. These are examples only . Header l ine : shows th e curren t Internet site. Inactiv e link : appear s as an underlined word. Activ e link : ap pears a s a hig hli ght ed word . Use and to scroll through th e list of links. Se lect io n list : Brack ets [ ] appear when you have the opt i on to en ter information. Opti on s : Press Opti ons to go to the siteâÂÂs menu and/or br owser page. Bac k : Pr ess Back to r eturn to the previous page.
16 [ 1 1 0 ] Data en try f ield : B rackets [ ] around 3 dots appear when you need to enter information. In this example, you can e nter your z ip code to receive the local weath er forecast. ⢠USE BOOKMARKS Y ou can s ave addresses for your favorite sites as bookma rks. A bookmar k helps you find a site again, just as a slip of paper h elps you find a page in a book. Set a bookmark while browsing Y ou can add u p to 25 bookmar ks. 1 Press Menu 11 ( Service s ), scroll to Hom e, pre ss Select , then Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Bookmar ks , then press Sel ect . 3 Press Optio ns . 4 Scroll to New book mar k , then pres s Select . 5 Enter address, then pr ess OK . 6 Enter a title, then press OK . ⢠DISCONN ECT FROM THE IN TERNET T o close your connection, simply press twice. ⢠SECURITY ISSUES Be sure to clear the cache memory The in formation or s ervices y ou access with the W AP browser are temporarily saved in the cache mem ory of the phone. A cache is a buffer m emory , which is us ed to store data temporarily . If you tried to access or have accessed confidential information requiring passwords (for example, your bank account), empty the cache of your phone after ea ch use.
[ 111 ] Y our w irel ess Inte rn et br o wser 16 CLE AR TH E CA CH E 1 Press Menu 11 ( Ser v ic e s ). 2 Scroll to Clear the cache , then pres s Select . CLEAR THE CAC HE WHILE BROWSING 1 Press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to Clear the cache , then pres s Select . About authority ce rtificates T o use some WA P services, such as banking services, you n eed an authori t y certificate. Using the cer tificate can help you to improve the secu rity of connections be tween your phone and a W AP s e rver . Y ou can dow nload the certif icate from a WA P page if the WAP service supports the u se of authority certificates. A fter th e download, you can view the certificate, then save or delete it. If you save the certificate, it is added to t he list of certificates in the phone. Y our phone alerts you i f the identity of the W AP server or W AP gateway cannot be verif ied or is not authentic. VIEW THE LIST O F AUTHORITY CERTIFICAT ES 1 Press Menu 11 ( Ser v ic e s ). 2 Scroll to Settin gs , then press Select . 3 Scroll to Aut hori ty ce rtif icate s , then press Sel e ct .
16 [ 1 1 2 ] ⢠NOTES AB OUT GPRS The following icons appear on th e screen to show you the status of your GPRS connection. Note: In order to use GPRS, you must first subscr ibe to th e network service. Contact your ser vice provider f or details on availability an d pricing. Set up an a utomatic co nnection Some service providers ma y have customize d the options on the Service s menu. Contact your service pr ovider for more inform ation if the option s shown here are not available. Import ant: GPRS m ay not be available in all wi reless networks. The establishment and continuation of a GPRS an d Internet connection depends on n etwork availability , service provider support, and signal strength. Y ou can ch oose one of the followin g options from the Servic es se tti ngs me nu: ⢠Al way s o nl in e : the phone is automatica lly regist e red to a GPRS network wh en y ou t ur n yo ur phon e on. W he n yo u u se th e W AP br owse r , t he connecti on b etween your phon e an d the netw ork i s c reated an d data transfe r i s possibl e. When y ou e xit t he WAP bro wser , th e GPRS conne ction end s but the regi strat ion to the GPRS netwo rk remains. Shows up in the u pper left cor ner of the screen . Indicates an active GPRS connection, f or example, when you are using the WAP browser . Indicates that circuit switched (CS) or voice calls are not possible when using GPRS. Indicates that the GPRS con nection has been interrupted by a voice call.
[ 1 1 3 ] Y our w irel ess Inte rn et br o wser 16 ⢠Wh en n eed ed : the GPRS con n ection is established when you use the W AP browse r and is closed whe n you exit th e WAP browser . Receive a call w hile online If you are us ing the W AP browser over GPRS, you can still receive a voice call. Y ou r dat a call is pu t on hold and you can choose to answer the call. ⢠T o answer the i ncoming call, press . ⢠T o reject th e incoming call, press . Note: After you end your voice call, the GPRS connection autom atically resumes. Make a call while online When you are browsing a W AP card and want to make a call, you can se lec t Use number . Y our phone then searches the information on the W AP card for a string of numbers. Y ou can then choose from the number or numbers displayed to place the call. An alter nate way is to pr ess to disconn ect fr om the Inte rnet, then place your call by searching the ph one book for a n ame and number or by keying in the phone number . Make an e mergency call while online If you are using GPR S to connect to the I nternet, you can end your data connection and th en make an em ergency call. 1 T o close your Internet con nection, simply pr ess . 2 Enter the em ergency number for your pr esent location (for e xample, 9 1 1 or any oth er officia l emergency nu mberâÂÂemer gen cy numbers vary by location). 3 Press .
17 [ 1 1 4 ] 17 Y our personal di gital assista nt Y our N ok ia 83 90 phon e has many usef ul featu res for or gan izin g y our everyday life, in cluding a calendar , to-do list, and alarm clock. In this chapter , youâÂÂll learn how to use your phone as a digital assistan t. ⢠USE THE CALENDAR The ca lendar keeps track of r eminders, calls you need to ma ke, meetings, and birthdays. It can even s ound a n al arm when itâÂÂs time for you to make a call, go to a meeting, or celebrate a birthday . Wa r n i n g : Y our phone must be s witched on to use this function. Do not switch on the ph one when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interfer ence or danger . View the ca lendar T o see the current da yâÂÂs calen dar sc reen, press Menu 8 ( Calendar ). The first time you view th e calendar , your phone pr ompts you to enter todayâÂÂs da te. Make a note When you make a note in your cale ndar , you can choose from 4 differen t types: meeting note, call note, birthday note an d memo. Y our phone asks you for more information depending on which one you choose. 1 Press Menu 8 ( Cal e nd ar ), then pres s Opt ions . 2 Scroll to Make a note , then pres s Select . 3 Scroll to Meeti ng , Call , Birt hda y or Memo , then press Select . 4 Enter your note, then pr ess OK . ⢠For a m eeting note, the phone prompts you to enter a time.
[ 1 1 5 ] Y our persona l digital assistant 17 ⢠For a ca ll note, the phone pr o mpts you to enter a phone number , a name and the time. ⢠For a birthday note , the ph one prompts you for th e person âÂÂs name, date and year of b irth. 5 Set the alarm for a meeting note, call n ote or birthd ay note by choosing one of the following: ⢠Alarm on ⢠Alarm off Y ou may h ave other alarm options, depending on the type of calendar note you are working w ith. For exa mple, you may se t an ala rm for a meeting note to alert you at the event time or up to 3 0 minutes before the event. After you make a calendar note and return back to the day view , the appropriate icon appears in th e lower right-hand corner of the calendar screen: Choose options for calendar notes When vie wing a calendar note, you can choose fro m the follo wing op tions: Birt hday no te Meeting note Call note Me mo Cho ice What it does View Allows you to expan d the calendar not e , from on e -line to the w hole screen . Make note Allows you to create a new calendar note. Dele te Allows you to dele te the n ote from the calendar . Edit Allows you to m odify your note.
17 [ 1 1 6 ] ⢠MAKE A T O-DO L IST Y ou can keep track of your tasks with the to-do list featu re. Y ou may be able to save up to 30 notes, depending on h ow long the notes are. Add a to-do note When you add a new note, the default priority i s m edium (2). Y ou can change the priority to high (1 ) or low (3). 1 Press Menu 7 ( To - d o l i st ), then pres s Opti on s . 2 Scroll to Add , then pres s Select . Subject: appears on the sc reen. 3 Enter your note, pre ss Opti ons , scroll to Save , th en pre ss Select . 4 Scroll to the priority you want, then press Select . Move Allows you to change the date, time, and alarm of the note. Rep ea t Allows you to de f ine w hether the note should be repeat ed. Y ou can r epeat a note on a daily , w eekly or year ly basis. Note: The birth day note can on ly be repeated on a yearly ba sis. Go to date Allows you to jump to a certain date. Send note All ows you to send t he cale nda r note t o anot her p hon e via IR, sm art messagin g or as a short text messa ge. See â Send cale ndar n ote to another de viceâ in chapte r 18 fo r more inf orm ation. Copy Allows you to copy the note to another location in th e calendar . Setti ngs Allows you to m odify general settin gs, including date form at, time format, auto erase and others. Cho ice What it does
[ 1 1 7 ] Y our persona l digital assistant 17 Use predictive text for quick note entry When you make a to- do note, you can use the phoneâÂÂs dictionary to help speed up te xt entry . For mo re information see â P redictive text inpu tâ on page 3 5. 1 From the Subject prompt, press Opti ons . 2 Scroll to Pred ict ive te xt , then pres s Select . 3 Scroll to the langua ge you want, the n press Select . 4 Enter your n ote as described in the above section (Add a to-do n ote). Choose other to-do opti ons When you vie w a to-do note, you have th e following option s: Cho ice What it does View Allows you to view the selected note. Add Allows you to add another no te. Erase Allows you to dele te a note. Edit Allows you to modify the contents of a note. Edit prior it y Allows you to change th e priority level of a note . Y our choices are high, medium and low . Go to prior it y Allows you to view notes for a certain priority level. Y ou can go to on ly the high prior ity notes, f or example. Save to calend. Allows you to save the to-do note as a calendar n ote. Send as tex t Allows you to send the note as a text message to another phone.
17 [ 1 1 8 ] ⢠USE THE ALARM CLOCK The alar m clock feature is based on your phoneâÂÂs internal clock an d sounds an alert at a t ime you sp e cify . T he al ar m clo ck works even if you tur n your pho ne off. Set the alarm clock See âÂÂSet up the clockâ on page 77 for more information about time formats. 1 Press Menu 4 1 ( Setti ngs > Alarm clock ). 2 Enter the alarm time in hhmm for mat. 3 Press OK . 4 Select either am or pm and press Select . Note: Step 4 is nece ssary only if you have selecte d a 12-hour format. Manage the alarm PHON E ON â¢P r e s s Stop to shut off the alarm. OR â¢P r e s s Snooze . The alar m stops and soun ds again in 1 0 minu tes. Note: If you let the alarm sound for 1 minute without press ing a key , it stops for 1 0 minutes, a nd then sounds ag ain. PHON E OFF If the alarm tim e is reached wh ile the phone is switched of f, the ph one switches itself on and starts sounding the alarm tone. If you press Stop , the phone asks wh ether you want to activate the ph one for calls. Press No to switch off the phone or Ye s to ma ke and receive calls . Wa r n i n g : Do n ot press Ye s when w ireless phone u se is prohibited or when it may cause interfer ence or danger .
[ 1 1 9 ] Y our persona l digital assistant 17 T urn off the alar m clock 1 Press Menu 4 1 ( Setti ngs > Alarm clo ck ). 2 Scroll to Off and press Select . ⢠USE THE COUNTDOW N TIMER The countdown timer is like an egg-timer or the time r on your microwave oven. Y ou can enter a speci fied time, and when the time ru ns out, yo ur phone sounds an alarm. Note: Y our phone must be switched on to use th is function. Do not switch the phone on when w ireless phone u se is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Note: The countdown timer only works when th e phone is on. Once you tu rn off y our phone, the timer is n o longer active. Set the c ountdown timer 1 Press Menu 10 3 ( Extras > Countd own timer ). 2 Enter 2 digits f or hours, 2 digits for minutes, then press OK . 3 Enter a note, then pr ess OK . Change the tim e After youâÂÂve set the timer , you can change the time. 1 Press Menu 10 3 ( Extras > Countd own timer ). 2 Scroll to Change time , then press Select . 3 Enter the time, then pr ess OK . 4 Save the current note, or enter a new note and press OK . Stop the timer When the time runs out, the phone sou nds an ala rm, and flashes the light on the screen . ⢠When th e alarm s ounds, press any key during the alarm to stop the timer . ⢠After 30 seconds the timer alert expires automatically .
17 [ 120 ] BEF ORE THE AL ARM SOUN D S 1 Press Menu 10 3 ( Extras > Countd own timer ). 2 Scroll to Stop time r , then pres s Select . Tim er st oppe d appears on the screen . ⢠USE THE STOPWATCH Y our phone h as a stopwatch that can be used to track time at sporting events or o ther occasions. The stopwatch displays time in hours, minute s, seconds and fractions of a second. 00:00:00:0 Note: Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phon e on whe n wire le ss phone use is pr ohibi ted or wh en it may cause in terferen ce or danger . Measure time 1 Press Menu 10 4 ( Extras > Stopwatch ). 2 Scroll to Split timin g , then pres s Select . 3 Press Start . The running tim e appears on the screen. Measure split time For example, you can use the split time function at a lon g distance race when you need to pace you rself. 1 Press Menu 10 4 ( Extras > Stopwatch ). 2 Scroll to Split timin g , then pres s Select . 3 Press Start . 4 T ake an inter mediate time by pressing Split . The clock c ontinues to r un. The split ti me appears below the r unning time.
[ 12 1 ] Y our persona l digital assistant 17 If you split th e time more than once, the n ew me asured time app ears at the beginnin g of the list. Y ou can scroll to see previous m easured times. Measure lap time Y ou can u se the lap time f unction when you want to track how long it takes to complete e ach cycle or lap. 1 Press Menu 10 4 ( Extras > Stopwatch ). 2 Scroll to Lap t iming , the n pres s Select . 3 Press Start . The running tim e appears on the screen. 4 T ake a lap time by pressing Lap . The clock s tops, then starts immediately from zero. The lap time appears below the r unning time. If you take mor e than 1 la p time, the new measured t ime appears at the beginnin g of the list. Y ou can scroll to see previous m easured times. When you pres s Stop , the total time appears at the top. Stop the clock Press Stop to end the time measuremen t. Save the time 1 While the clock is running, press Sto p , then Opti ons . 2 Scroll to Save , then pres s Select . 3 Enter a name for th e measur e ment, then press OK . If a n ame is not entered, the total tim e is used as a title .
17 [ 122 ] Choose other stopwatch options Y ou can ch oose th e following options when using the Stopwatch . Note about stopwatch operation Using the stopwatch con sumes the battery and the phone's oper ating time will be red uced. Be careful not to l et it run in the background when performing oth er operations with your phon e. If you pres s and return to the Sta rt screen , the clock co nti nu es t o r un in th e b ac k gro u nd an d th e icon appears in th e upper left corner of the screen . T o return to the Stopwatch scr een, take the following steps: 1 Press Menu 10 4 ( Extras > Stopwatch ), scroll to Co nti n ue . 2 Press Select . T o stop the clock, press Stop . ⢠SH ARE BUSI NE SS C ARDS Y our phone can sen d or receive electronic business cards consisting of a name and phone number . Y ou can save received business cards to your phone book. The re ar e 2 ways t o send a b usi ness car d: Cho ice What it does Continue Shows up when the S topwatch is workin g in the background. Show last ti me Allows you to view the last measured time. View times Allows you to br owse the saved times. Erase times Allows you to dele te the saved tim es. Y ou can delete the saved time s one by on e or all at once.
[ 123 ] Y our persona l digital assistant 17 ⢠Y ou can send th e information via IR. Se e Chapter 18 âÂÂY our phone and other devicesâ for details. ⢠Y ou can se nd the bus iness card as a shor t text messa ge. Send a business c ard as a short text message 1 Recall the n ame from your ph one book. 2 Press Det ails , if shown, or skip to Step 3 . 3 Press Optio ns . 4 Scroll to Send bus. card and press Select . 5 Scroll to Via text msg . and press Select . 6 Enter or recall the phone number to which you want to send the business c ard. 7 Press OK . Note: For information on receiving business cards, see â Receive a business card from another deviceâ on page 128. ⢠USE THE CALCULATOR Y our phoneâÂÂs calculator adds, subtracts, multipl ies, divi des, com putes squar e roots, and converts curr encies. This ca lculator has a limited accura cy and rounding er rors may occur , especially in long divis ions. Wa r n i n g : Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch on the phone w hen wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Add, subtract, m ultiply and divide 1 Press Menu 6 ( Cal cu lat o r ).
17 [ 124 ] 2 Enter the first number in the calculation. ⢠Press to enter a decimal point and press Cl ear to erase an y mist ak es. ⢠T o add, press ( appears) ⢠T o su btract, press 2 times (- appears) ⢠T o multiply , press 3 times ( â appears) ⢠T o divide, pr ess 4 times (/ appears) 3 E nter t he s eco nd n umb er , re pe atin g s teps as ne ed ed. 4 Press Optio ns . Equals is selected. 5 Press Select . Use the square and square root functions Y ou can us e the calculator for fin ding the square of a number or the sq uare ro o t of a numb er . 1 Press Menu 6 ( Cal cu lat o r ). 2 Enter the number . 3 Press Optio ns , scroll to Square or Square root , then press Sel ect . Convert currency SET THE EXCHANG E RATE 1 Press Menu 6 ( Cal cu lat o r ), then press Opti on s . 2 Scroll to Exchange rate , the n pres s Select . 3 Scroll to Home u nits conv erted to forei gn un its or Forei gn units converted to home uni ts , then press Select . 4 Press Clea r to remove any numbers fr om the Exchange rate box. 5 Enter the ex change rate (press to enter a de cimal point). 6 Press OK . Note: The ex change rate r emains in the ph oneâÂÂs m emory until you replace it.
[ 125 ] Y our persona l digital assistant 17 CON VE RT A C URR E NCY A MOU NT 1 Enter the amount to be converted. 2 Press Optio ns . 3 Scroll to T o home to convert to dom estic units or To f o r e i g n to convert to foreign units. 4 Press Select .
18 [ 126 ] 18 Y our phone a nd oth er devices Y our phone can sen d and receive certain types of data by way of the infrared (IR) port. This is a wir eless transfer , so you donâÂÂt need a cable or additional software. T o connect using IR, the device with w hich you want to connect must be IrDA (Infrared Da ta Ass ociation) compliant. Tr ansmission an d reception must be to or from a compatible phone or d evice (for example, an other phone, computer , or h andheld device). Do not point the IR (InfraRed) be am at anyoneâÂÂs eye or allow it to interfere with other IR devices. T his device is a Class 1 Laser product. Note: Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phon e on w hen wirel ess phone use is pr ohibit ed o r w h en it may cause in terferen ce or danger . ⢠PREPARE THE DEV ICES FOR IR CONNEC TION Before you can exchange information, you need to follow these ste ps: 1 Clear any obstructions between the 2 devices. 2 P oint the I R ports at each other . 3 Make sure the 2 devices are no mor e than 3 feet (0.9 Meter s) apart.
[ 127 ] Y our phone and other devices 18 ⢠INFRARE D BASICS Y ou can use I R to send and re ceive phone book entries (business cards) and calendar notes. 1 Make sure the 2 devices are ready for the IR connection. 2 T o receive information on your phone, press Menu 9 ( Infrare d ) and then pr ess Select . 3 Have the u ser of th e sending device select the desired IR function to start data tr ansfer . If data transfer is not started within 2 m inut e s, the connection is cancelled and w ill have to be restarted. Note: Y ou do not have to âÂÂturn of fâ the I R function in your phone. After data tra nsfer , the IR connection a utomatically drops a fter about 2 minutes. Check the status of an IR connection The statu s of an IR con nection is indicated by . ⢠When is displayed continuously , there is an IR conne ction between your phone an d the other device. ⢠When blinks, your phone is trying to establish a connection with the othe r device or a connection h as been lost. ⢠When is not displayed, no IR connection exists. ⢠SEND AND RECEIVE INFORMATION Y ou can tran smit inf ormation in your phon e by infr ared (IR) u sing the industry-standar d v .card format. Y ou can send an d receive b usiness cards (v .car d format) to a nother compat ible phone, to a PC r unning th e appropriate softw are, or to oth er co mpatibl e IR -equip ped handheld devi ces.
18 [ 128 ] Send a business card to another device First, make su re that the other phone or device is set to receive data via its IR port. Re fer to the user guide f or the r eceiving device for mor e information on setting u p IR communications. 1 Recall the n ame from your ph one book. 2 Press Det ails , if shown, or skip to Step 3 . 3 Press Optio ns . 4 Scroll to Send bus. card and press Select . 5 Scroll to Via infrar ed and press OK . Note: If you have more than one number or text information to send, choose Prim ary no . or All det ail s , th en pre ss Select . The phon e sends the busine ss card throug h its IR port. Receive a business card from another device Y ou can receive business cards from another compatible phone. 1 P oint the I R ports at each other . 2 Press Menu 9 ( Infrar ed ). 3 When you see the m essage Busi ness card re ceiv ed , press Show . 4 Press Optio ns , scroll to Save or Disca rd , th en pre ss OK . â¢I f y o u p r e s s Save , you see the conf irmation m essage Busi ness card saved . â¢I f y o u p r e s s Disca rd , you see th e question Disca rd bus ine ss card? Press OK to delete the card. Cautio n: If y ou pre ss Exit at a ny tim e befor e sa ving th e busin ess card, the business card will be deleted!
[ 129 ] Y our phone and other devices 18 Send calendar not es to another device First, make su re that the other phone or device is set to receive data via its IR port. Re fer to the user guide f or the r eceiving device for mor e information on setting u p IR communications. 1 Selec t the c alend ar not e you wa nt to se nd, then pres s Opti ons . 2 Scroll to Send note , then pres s Select . 3 Scroll to Send via IR , then press Select . The phone sends the note to the other device. Receive calendar notes from another device Y ou can receive calendar from another compatible phone. 1 P oint the I R ports at each other . 2 Press Menu 9 ( Infrar ed ). 3 When you see the m essage Calendar not e r eceived , press Show . 4 Press Optio ns , scroll to Save or Disca rd , th en pre ss Select . â¢I f y o u p r e s s Save , you see the conf irmation m essage Cal e nd ar note saved . â¢I f y o u p r e s s Disca rd , you see th e question Disca rd calendar note? Press OK to delete the note. Cautio n: If y ou pres s Exit at any time before sa ving the calendar note, the calen dar note w ill be delete d! ⢠PC CO NN EC TIV IT Y Y ou can make a serial connection betwee n your Nokia phone and your Infrared-equ ipped laptop or desktop PC. On ce you establish this IR connection, you can access your phoneâÂÂs infor mation from your PC, or use your phone as a wireless modem.
18 [ 130 ] Nokia PC Suite Y o u can use the variou s componen ts of Noki a PC Suite to do the follow ing: ⢠Make a backu p copy of personal data such as contacts and calendar infor mation from your phon e to another phone or PC (Con tent Co pie r). Note: If you already have a Nokia ph one, you can copy you r names and numbers to th e 8390 with Content Copier . Com patible phones inclu de t he N ok ia 5 19 0, 6 190 , 829 0, 8890, 7 160 , 7 190, 6 360, 33 20 and 3360 . ⢠Edit phone bo ok names and numbers, pr ofiles, and settings via your PCâÂÂs keyboard (Ph one editor). ⢠Cr eate ne w ri ngin g tone s and send th em to your ph one (PC Com pos er). ⢠Synchronize your phoneâÂÂs contacts an d calendar items with applic ations such as Microsoft Outlook, Outlook Express, and Lotus Notes (PC Sync). ⢠Compose new graphics and transfer from your PC to you r phone (PC Gr aphics). Instructions for PC Suite in stallation and setup, as well as the PC/PDA connectivity guide are available as part of the sof tware download. Wireless modem setup Y ou can u se your Nokia phone as a w ireless modem w ith your laptop computer , givin g you access to the Inter net (for e-mail an d W eb browsin g) or corporat e networks where ver you are. For more i nformation on wireless m odem setup , please refer to the PC/ PDA connectivity gui de. This document can be downloaded f rom the Nokia website. Download Nokia PC Suite and Modem Setup Both of th ese applications are pr ovide d fr ee of charge, and are ava ilable for download from: http://www .nokia.c om
[ 13 1 ] Y our phone and other devices 18 ⢠GPRS DIAL-UP CONNECTIONS When you use your No kia ph one as a wireless modem, you have the option of enabling GP RS con nectivity fro m y our PC or laptop computer . Note: Before you can use GPRS for dial-up connections you must first su bscribe to the GPRS ne twork service. Contact your service provider for de tails on pricing and availability . Some serv ice providers m ay have already set up infor mation for your GPRS dial-up connection. For more information, see the PC/PDA connectivity guide. This document can be down loaded from th e Nokia website: http://www .nokia.c om
19 [ 132 ] 19 Fun an d ga mes ⢠GAME RULES Challenge yourself or a f rien d to the 4 fun gam es in your phone. Wa r n i n g : Y our phone must be s witched on to use this function. Do not switch on the ph one when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interfer ence or danger . Start a new game 1 Press Menu 5, s crol l t o Select game , then pres s Select . 2 Scroll to the desired game, and press Select . Adjust game settings 1 T o adjust sound, lights or vibra, pr ess Menu 5, scr oll to Settin gs , then press Select . 2 Scroll to the de sired setting and press Sel ect . â¢S N A K E 2 Feed the snake with as many goodies as possible and watch it grow . U se keys 2, 4, 6 , and 8 to turn the snake toward food. The longer the snakeâÂÂs tail grows, the higher your score. Y ou can choose to have a clear field, or select from 5 different ma zes. If the snake runs into its own tail or th e surrounding wall, the ga me is over . Start a 2-playe r game Snake can be play ed as a 2-player game using th e IR ports of 2 phon es . Before starting a 2- player game, make sure that the IR ports of the 2 devices are po inting at each other and that the IR connection is activated. Both players need to start the same game on their phones.
[ 133 ] Fun and gam es 19 â¢S N O W B O A R D I N G The object of the game is to get a high score by pulling as many tricks as you c an . While in the air , the trick in dicator will appear . T ry to com plete tricks by using different key press com bi nations. L and using the 5 key . T ricks must begin and en d on the mar kers. Big air m ode Catch huge air and go for your best combo tricks on the big ramp. Downhill mode Ride to the bottom of the slope as fa st as you can. Use 4 to steer lef t and 6 to steer right, 5 to ju mp. Halfpipe mode Ride the half-pipe pulling as m any tricks as you can for the most points. Use 4 to steer lef t and 6 to steer right, 5 to ju mp. ⢠BUM PER Bumper is like the arcade game pi nball. The object of the game is to get a high score by ke eping your ball on th e table for as lon g as you can by using the flippers. Press 5 to launch the ball. Hold down the 5 key to get more power . Use keys 1 and 3 to control the flippers. Us e the keys 4 and 6 to nudge the table - bu t not too m uch or the game will tilt. â¢P A I R S 2 Uncover pictures to f ind pairs, but use as fe w tries as possible. In Arcade mode, you m ust find all the pairs before the bom b explodes. Move the cur sor wi th k eys 2, 4, 6, and 8. Pre ss 5 to re veal t he pictur es .
20 [ 134 ] 20 Ref eren ce info rmati on ⢠BATTERIES , CHARGERS , AND ACCESSORIES This section provides information about the phoneâÂÂs batteries, accessories, and chargers. Be aware that the in formation in thi s section is subject to change as the ba tteries, chargers, and accessories change. Check the model number of any charger before use with this device. This phone is intende d for use when su pplied with power from an ACP-7U, an ACP-8U, LCH-8 or an L CH-9 charger . Other usage could invalidate any approval given to this appar atus and may be dangerous. Wa r n i n g : Use only batte ries, charge r and accessorie s approved by the phon e manu factu rer fo r use with this part icular phone mo del. The use of any other typ es may invalid ate any approv al or war ranty applyin g to the phon e, and ma y be dange rous. For availabi lity of approv ed accessorie s, ple ase check with your deale r . Note: For inform ation o n how to charge and rechar ge your batt ery , re fer to âÂÂC harg e t he ba tte ryâ on pa ge 1 0. When the ba tte ry i s f ully charged, the indicator will tell you that th e battery is f ully charged. When you are n ot using a charger , disconne ct it from the pow er source. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger for more than a week, since prolonged maintenance charging could sh orten its life span . If left unused, a fully-charged battery w ill discharge itself over time. T emperature extremes can affect the ability of your battery to charge. Therefore, allow it to cool down or warm u p before tr ying to charge it. When the battery is running out of power and your phone only has a few minutes of talk time remaining, a warning tone sou nds and the Ba tte ry low message a ppe ars briefly . When no more talk tim e is left, a warning tone is sounded and the phone switches itself of f.
[ 135 ] Referen ce information 20 Do not short-circu it the battery . Accidental short-circuiting can occur when a metallic object, li ke a coin, a clip, or a pen causes a di rect connection of the and - terminals of the battery , w hich are metal strips on the ba ck of the ba tte ry . For example, a short-circuitin g could occur if you carry a spar e battery in your pocket or purse, where the battery could come in to contact with objects such as a coin. Short-circuiting cou ld damage either the battery or the con necting object. Leaving the battery in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in either summer or wint er conditions, w ill reduce th e capacity and lifetime of th e batter y . Always try to keep th e battery between 15ðC and 25 ðC (5 9ðF and 77ð F). A phone with a hot or cold battery may not work temporarily , even if the battery is fully charged. The performance of Li-Ion bat teries is partic ularly limited in temperatures below 0ðC (32ðF). The following list p rovides guidelin es that you can foll ow: ⢠When the operating tim e (talk time and standby time) is noticeably short er than norm al, buy a ne w batter y . ⢠Use t h e battery on ly for its intended purpose. ⢠Never use an y charger or ba ttery that is dam aged and/or worn out. ⢠Batteries must be recycled or disposed of properly . Do not dispose of batteries by putting them in f ire! ⢠When you disconnect the power cord of an y accessory , gras p and pull the plug, no t the cord. ⢠I MPORTANT SAFETY INFORM ATION This section provides additional safety information. A brief ove rview can be found in âÂÂFor your safetyâ on page 1. T raffic safety Do not use a handheld telephone while driving a vehicle. Always park the vehicle befor e using the ph one.
20 [ 136 ] After com p leting y our phone conversation, a lways secure th e phone back into its h older; do not place the phone on the passenger seat or place it where it can break loose in a collision or during a sudden stop. Note: The use of an alert device to ope rate a vehicleâÂÂs lights or horn on pu blic roads is not perm itte d. Rem e mb er : SafetyâÂÂY ou r most important call. Operating environment Remember to f ollow any special r egulations that are in force in any area, and always switch off your phone wherever it is forbidden to use it. Otherwise, the u se of your phone cou ld cause interference or danger . When connecting the phone or any accessory to another device, read the associat ed user guide f irst and obta in detailed safety instructions. Note: Do not connect in compatible products. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipm ent, you are advised that, for the satisfactor y operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, it is recommende d that the phone should only be u sed in the normal operating position. This position is when the ph one is he ld to your ear with th e antenna pointing over your shoulder . Electronic devices Most modern electronic equ i pment is shielded from radio frequency (RF) signals. However , certain elect ronic eq uipm ent may n ot be shie lded again st the RF signals from y ou r wireless phone. The following four s ubsections provide more information about th i s topic. PA C E M A K E R S P acemaker manufacturers r ecommend that a minimum separation of 6 inch e s (2 0 cm) s hould be maintained between a h andheld wireless phone an d a pacemake r to avoid potent ial inter ference with the p acema ker . Thes e re com mendat io ns ar e cons ist ent with t he i nde pend ent resear ch by and recommen dations of Wirele ss T echnolo gy Resear ch. P e rs ons wi t h pacemakers :
[ 137 ] Referen ce information 20 ⢠Should always keep th e phone m ore than 6 inches (20 cm) from their pacemakers when the phone is switched on. ⢠Should not carry the phone in a bre ast pocket. ⢠Should use th e ear opposite th e pacemaker to minimize the potential fo r interfer ence . Note: If you have any reason to su spect that interference is taking place, switch of f your phone immediately . HE ARI NG AI DS Some digital wireless phones could interf ere with some h earing aids. In the even t of s uch interf erence , you m ay want to consult your service provider . OTHER MED ICAL DEVICES Operation of a ny radio transmitting equipment, including cellu lar phones, could interfere with the f unctionality of inadequately pr otected medical devices. Consult a physician or the manufacturer of the medical device to determine i f they are adequ ately shielded f rom external R F energy . Also contact these author ities if you have any questions. Sw itch off you r pho ne in he alth care f aci liti es or whe re any post ed reg ula tio ns instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities could be using equipmen t that is sensitive to extern al RF ener gy . VE H I C L E S RF signals could affe ct improperly installed or in adequatel y sh ielded electronic systems in m otor vehicles. These could in clude electronic fuel injectio n systems, electronic anti-skid (anti-loc k) braking systems, electro nic speed contr ol systems, or air bag sys tems. Check with the manufacturer or its represen tative regarding your vehicle. Y ou should also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that has been a dded t o your v ehic le. P OSTED FACILITIES Switch your phone off in an y facility where posted notices s o require.
20 [ 138 ] P otentially explosive atmospheres Switch of f your pho ne if you are in any area that has a pote ntiall y explosi ve atmosphere, and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire, r esulting in bodily injury or even de ath. Y ou are a d vised to switch off the ph one while at a refueling point (service station). And, you are re minded o f the need to obse rve re striction s regarding the use of r adio equipment in fuel depots (fuel storage and distribution areas), chemical plants, or where blasting operations are in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atm osphere are oftenâÂÂbut not alwaysâ clearly marked. These a reas include the following: below deck on boats; chemical transfer or stor age facilities; veh icles using liquef ied petroleum gas (such as pr o pane or butane); areas where the air contains chemicals or pa rticles, such as grain, dust, or me tal powders; and a ny other area where you would normally be advised to tu rn off your vehicle engine. V ehicles Only qualified personnel should service the phone or install the phone in a vehicle. Faulty installation or service cou ld be dangerous a nd may invalidate any warranty that could apply to the unit. Regularly check th at all wir eless phone equi pment in your ve hicle is mounted and operating properly . Do not store or car ry flammable liquids, gases, or explosive materials in the same compartment as the phone, its parts, or its accessories. For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember that an air bag inflates with great force. Do n ot place objects, including both the installed or the portable wireless equipment, in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment ar ea. If the in-vehicle wireless equipment is improperly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury cou ld result. Switch off your phone before boarding an aircraft. The use o f wireless telep hones in an aircraf t may be danger ous to the operation of the aircraf t, may disrupt the wire less telephone ne twork, and may be illegal. F ailure to obser ve these instructions could lead to the sus pe nsion or the deni al of teleph one serv ices to th e offe nder , or it coul d result in leg al ac tion, or both s cenarios could apply .
[ 139 ] Referen ce information 20 ⢠EMERGE NCY CAL LS IMPO RTANT! This phone, like any wireless phone, operates using r adio signals, wireless and landline networ ks, and user-programmed functions. Becau se of t his, co nnection s in al l condi tions cann ot be gu aranteed. Ther efore, you s hould nev er re ly solely on any wir eless phone for essential communications (for example, medical emergencies). Remember , to make or receive any calls, th e phone m ust be switched on and be use d in a service area that has adequate signal strength. Emergency calls may n ot be possible on all wireless phone networks or when certain network services and/or phone features are in use. Ch eck with local service providers. Always make sure that your phone is properly charged before attempting any emergency calls. If you allow your battery to become empty , you will be unable to receive or m ake calls, including emergency calls. Y ou must then wait a few minut es after th e ch arging begin s to pl ace any emer gency calls. Make an Emergency Call 1 If the ph one is not on, switch it on . Some networks ma y require that a valid S IM card is properly in serted in the phone. 2 Enter the em ergency number for your pr esent location (for e xample, 9 1 1 or any oth er officia l emergency nu mberâÂÂemer gen cy numbers vary by location). 3 Press . If certain features are in use (K eyguard, fixed dialing, re strict calls, and so on), y ou may firs t nee d to tu rn th ose f ea tur es of f bef ore yo u c an m ak e an emer ge ncy ca ll . Con sul t thi s do cume nt an d you r local ce llu lar servic e pr ov ider . When making a n emergen cy ca ll, remember to give all of the necessary information as accurately as possible. Rem ember that your wireless phone may be the onl y means of commun ication at the scene of an accidentâ do not terminate the call u ntil given permission to do so.
20 [ 140 ] CERTIFIC A TIO N INFORMATION (SAR) THIS MO DE L PHO NE MEE TS THE GOV ERNME NT 'S REQU IREM ENTS FO R EXPOSURE T O RADIO W AVES. Y our wireless phon e is a radio transmitter and receiver . It is designed an d manufactured not to exceed th e emission li mits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. G overnment. These limits are part o f comprehe nsive guidelines and establish permitted leve ls of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standar ds that were developed by in dependen t scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile ph ones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FC C is 1.6W/kg.* Tests for SAR are conducted u sing standard operating pos i tions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified powe r level i n all tested f requency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified pow er level, the actual SAR level of the phone wh ile operating can be well be low the maximum value. This is because the phone is designed to op erate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power require d to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base station antenna, the lower the p ower output. Before a phone mo del is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it doe s not excee d the limit established by the governm ent-adopted requirement for safe ex posure. The tests are performed in posi tions and locations (for example, at the ear and worn on the body) as required by th e FCC for each m odel. The highest SAR v alue for this model phone as reported to th e FCC when tested for use at th e ear is 1.05 W/kg, and when w orn on the body , as described in this user guide, is 1.1 0 W/kg. (Body- worn measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available accessories and FCC requireme nts).
[ 14 1 ] Referen ce information 20 While there may be differe nces between the SAR le vels of various ph ones and at various positions, they al l meet the gove rnment requiremen t. The FCC h as granted an Equipment Authorization f or this model phone with all repor ted SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure gu idelines. SAR information on th is model phone is on file with the FCC and can be f ound under the Display Grant section of http: //w ww .f cc.g ov/o et/fc cid after searching on FCC ID LJP NSB-8 . For body worn operation, this phone has bee n tested and meets th e FCC RF exposure guidelines when used with the Nokia accessories supplied or designated for this product. U se of oth er accessories may not ensure compliance with FCC RF exposure gu idelines. *In the United States and Canada, the SAR li mit for m obile phones used by the public is 1 .6 watts/kilogram (W/kg) averaged over on e gram of tissue. The standard incorporates a substan tial ma rgin of safety to give additional protection for the pu blic and to account for any variation s in measurements. SAR values may vary dependi ng on national reporting requirements and the network band. For SAR in formation in other regions please look u nder product inf ormation at www .nokia.c om.
20 [ 142 ] ⢠CARE A ND MAINTENANCE Y our phone is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care. The suggestions below will he lp you to fulfill any warranty obliga tions and allow you to en joy this product for man y years. When using your phone, battery , charger , or any acc essory: ⢠K eep it and all its parts and accessories out of the reach of small children. ⢠K eep it dry . Precipitation, humidity , and liquids con tain minerals that will corrode e lectronic circuits. ⢠Do not use or store it in dusty , dirty areas as its moving parts can be damaged. ⢠Do not stor e i t in hot ar eas. High temperatures can shorten the li fe of electr oni c devic es, dam age batt erie s, and warp or melt ce rtain plast ics. ⢠Do not store it in cold ar eas. When the ph one warms up to its normal operating temperature , moistur e can form inside the ph one, whi ch could damage the phone's electronic circuit boards. ⢠Do not attempt to open it. Non-expert handling of th e device cou ld damage it. ⢠Do not drop, kn ock or shake it. Rough handling can break internal ci rcu it boa rds . ⢠Do not use harsh chemicals, cleaning solvents, or strong deter gents to clean it. Wipe it with a soft cloth that has been slightly dampened in a m ild soap-and-water solution. ⢠Do not paint it. P aint can clog the de viceâÂÂs moving parts an d preven t proper operation. If the ph one, battery , charger , or any accessory is n ot working properly , take it to your nearest qualified service facility . The personnel there will assist you , and if ne cessary , arra nge for service .
[ 143 ] Referen ce information 20 ⢠ACCESSORIES If you want to en hance your phoneâÂÂs functionality , a range of accessor ies is available for you. Y ou can select an y of these items to help accom modate your specific communication needs. For availability of these and other accessories, contact your dealer . A FEW PRAC TICAL RULE S FOR ACCESSORY OPE RAT ION ⢠K eep all accessories out of reach of small children. ⢠When you disconnect the power cord of an y accessory , gras p and pull the plug, no t the cord. ⢠Check regularly th at any vehicle-installed accessories ar e mounted and are operating properly . ⢠Installation of any complex car a ccessories must be m ade by qualified personnel onl y . Use only batteries, chargers, and accessories that have been approved by the phone manufacturer . The use of any other types could invalidate an y approval or warranty applying to the phone, and could be dangerous. Refer to âÂÂBatter ies, char ge rs, and access oriesâ on page 134 for important battery usa ge information. ⢠BATTERY INFORMATION This section pr ovides information about th e phoneâÂÂs battery . Be aware that the information in this section is subject to change. Note: The phone h as a lithium ion (Li-ion) battery . Dispose of used batteries in accordance with a ny local regu l ations. The tables shown in this section provide in formation about the battery that is available for your phone, ch arging times with the Standard Travel Charger (ACP-7U), the Rapid Travel Charger (ACP-8U), talk tim es, and standby times. Consult you r service provider for more information.
20 [ 144 ] Charging Times The charging time s listed below ar e approximate. Standby and T alk T imes The times shown in the following table are e stimates only and represent a range for either standby or talk times (not a combination of both). The operation time of th e battery depe nds on conditions such as: ⢠T ransmitti ng power level ⢠Signal (distance between the phone an d the base sta tion) ⢠Network parameter s define d by the ope rator ⢠Phone use (WAP , games, SMS) ⢠Charging procedure used ⢠CHARGER S AND OTHER AC CESSORIE S Thi s sec tion pr ovi des info rmat ion ab out th e phon eâÂÂs char ger s and acc ess orie s. Be aware that the information in this section is subject to chan ge as the char ge rs and acces sories change. The char gers and acc essories th at are de scribed in thi s section are availabl e for your p hone. Contact your dea ler for details. Also, re fer to the accessori es br oc hure th at was in cl ude d in your sales package for the entire line of Nokia Original Accessories. Ba ttery opti on ACP-7U Charge r AC P-8U Char ger BLB-2 Li -ion Ba ttery 75 0 mAh 3 hours 2 hr 1 0 mi n Ba ttery op tion Di gital talk ti me Standby time BLB-2 Li-ion Battery 750 mA h 2 h our s 20 mi nute s up to 4 ho urs Up to 4-16 days
[ 145 ] Referen ce information 20 Note: When a charger is not in use, disconnect it from the pow er source. Do not le ave the battery connected to a charger for longer than a week, since prolonged maintenance charging of the battery could shorten its life span. If left u nused, a fully charged battery will discharge itself over time. Standard T ravel Charger ( ACP-7U) This is a lightweight (187 g) a nd durable AC cha rger . T o use the Standard T ravel Ch arger , plug it into a standard 120 V AC wall ou tlet and connect the lead from the ch arger to the base of your phone. Note: If t he battery is completely empty , you cannot us e the phone until it has enough char ge to oper ate. Rapid T rave l Charger (ACP-8U) This is a lightweigh t (1 00 g) and durable AC charger . Calls can be made during charging, even with a fully discharged batt ery . T o use the Rapid Travel Charger (ACP-8U), plug it into a sta ndard 120 V or 22 0 V AC wall outlet, and conn ect the lead from the charger to the ba se of your phone. The charger ca n also be used together with the optional Desktop Charging Stand. Approxim ate charging times for discha rged batteries are sh ow n in âÂÂCharging T imesâ on page 144. Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charge r (LCH-9) Y ou can charge your phoneâÂÂs battery from your vehicle battery by using the Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9).
20 [ 146 ] Calls are possible during charging. A green light indicates that the charger is ready f or charging (when not ch arging). The battery char gi ng ti me s are the same as those for the Rapid Travel Charger (ACP-8U). The input voltage range is fr om 1 1 V to 32 V DC, negative grounding. Avoid prolo nged c harging with th e Rapi d Cigar ette L ighter Charger (LCH-9 ) when the car engine is not running; thi s could cause your car b attery to drain. Note also, that in some cars, the ciga rette ligh ter plug is not provided with electricity if th e ignition is not s witched on. Desktop Charging Stand (DCD-1) Used together with the Standard T ravel Charger (ACP-7U) or th e Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U), the De sktop Charging Stand is a stylish choice wh en you ne ed your phon e close at h and, always ready f or calls. This charging stand allows you to charge your phoneâÂÂs battery in an upright, obtaina ble position on your desk. Headset Kit (HDC-5) Small and lightweight, th e headset kit allows easy an d convenient han dsfree operation. The h eads e t has a foam earpiece cover for a com fortable fit and has a clip to hold it firmly in place. This headsetâÂÂs 4-wire 2.5 mm jack fits direc tly in to th e bot tom o f th e ph one, see âÂÂSet up your headse tâ on page 1 2 for more details. A remote control button located i n the microphone makes the headset conve nient to us e while answering or receiving calls. Y ou can use th e he adset with you r phone âÂÂs voice tag fe ature, see â Make a call using voice recogn itionâ on page 69 for m ore information.
[ 147 ] T echnical information 21 2 1 T echnical information W ei ght 2.9 o z. 83 g. with s tandard battery Size Leng th 96 mm Wi dth 43 mm De pth 17- 19 m m Trans mitti ng powe r GS M190 0, 1 W nom ina l Operating voltage 3.6 V DC 12V DC for car kit N etwor ks GS M 19 00 Frequency band GSM1900 1850 to 19 1 0 MH z (T X) 1930 to 199 0 MHz (RX ) Memory locations Up to 500 names in phone memory wi th up to 5 nu mber s and 4 text entries per n ame (dynamic memory); Ch eck with your SIM card provider or carrier for in formation about SIM card memory capacity .
[ 148 ] 22 22 T roublesho oting This section provides a table that lists some of th e most commonly encountered problems and provides possible causes and solution s. Pro ble m P ossible cau se P o ssib le s olu tion My phone isnâÂÂt charging. The charger a nd the phone are not proper ly connected. Securely con nect the charger to the phone. The charger is not properly plugge d in. Make sure that the charger is plu gged in correctly . My phone isnâÂÂt making/answ ering calls . The battery is not charged. Charge the battery . The signal str ength is poor . If you are indoors, move towa rd a wi ndo w . I can âÂÂt liste n to my vo ice messag es. Y ou don âÂÂt have voice mail service. Call your wireless service provider . Y ou h ave no t set up your voice mailbox with your service provider . Call your wireless service provider . Y ou have not saved your voice mail n umber in your phone. Re fer to âÂÂUs e vo ice featuresâ on page 64. The voice mail number you have saved is inc orrect. Call your wireless service provider . Y ou have fo rgot ten y our password or are en tering it incorrectly . Call your wireless service provider .
[ 149 ] NOKIA One-Y e ar Limited W arra nty Nokia Inc. (âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ) war rants that this cellular phone (âÂÂProductâÂÂ) is f ree from defects in mater ial and workmanship that result in Product failure during normal usage, accor ding to the following ter ms and conditions: 1 The limit ed wa rranty for the Product e xtends for ONE (1) year be ginning on the date of the pu rchase of the Product. This on e year pe riod is extended by each wh ole day that the Product is out of you r possession for repair under th is warranty . 2 The l imited wa rranty extends o nly to the or igina l purchase r (âÂÂCon sumerâÂÂ) of the Product and is not assignable or tran sferable to any s ubseque nt purchaser/end- u ser . 3 The limited warranty extends on ly to Consu mers who purch ase the Product in the United States of A mer ica. 4 During the limited warranty period, Nokia w ill repair , or replace, at NokiaâÂÂs sole option, any defective parts, or any parts that will n ot properly oper ate for their intende d use with new or r efurbished replacement items if such repair or replacement is needed because of product malfunction or failure du ring normal usage. No charge will be m ade to the Consumer f or any such parts. Nokia will also pay for the labor ch arges incurred by Nokia in repairing or replacing the defective parts . The lim ited warranty does n ot cover defects in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or structural items, including framing, and any non-operative par ts. NokiaâÂÂs lim it of liability under the limited warranty shall be th e actual cas h value of the Product at the time th e Consumer returns the Product for repair , de termined by the price paid by the Consumer for the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. Nokia shall not be liable for any oth er losses or damages . The se re med ies a re the Consume râÂÂs e xclusive re medies for breach of warranty .
[ 150 ] 5 Upon request from Nokia, the C onsumer mu st prove the date of the original purchase of the Product by a dated bill of sale or dated itemized receipt. 6 The Consumer shall bear the cost of shipping the Product to Nokia in Melbourne, Florida. Nokia shall bear the cost of shipping the Product back to the Consumer after the completion of service under th i s limited warranty . 7 The Consumer shall have no coverage or ben efits under this limited warranty if any of the following conditions ar e applicable: a) The Product has bee n subjected to abnormal use, abnormal conditions, improper storage, exposure to moisture or dampness, unauthorized modifications, unauthorized connections, unauthorized repair , m isuse, neglect, abu se, accident, alteration, improper installation, or othe r acts which are not the fault of Nokia, including damage caused by shipping. b) The Product has bee n damaged from ex ternal causes such as collision with an obje ct, or f rom fire, floodin g, sand, dirt, windstorm, lightning, earthquake or damage fr om exposure to weather conditions, an Act of God, or battery leakage, theft, blown fuse, or improper u se of any electri cal source, damage caused by computer or internet viruses, bugs, w orms, Tr oj an Horses, cancelbots or damage caused by the connection to oth er products not r ecommended for interconnection by Nokia. c) Nokia was not advised in writing by the Consumer of th e alleged defect or malfunction of the Product with in fourteen (14 ) days after the e xpiration of the applicab le limited warr anty period. d) The Product se rial number plate o r the accessory data code has been r emoved, de faced or altered. e) The defect or damage w as cau sed by th e defective function of the cellular system or by inadequate sign al reception by the ex ternal antenna, or viruses or oth er software proble ms introduced into the Product.
[ 15 1 ] 8 Nokia does not warrant u ninterr upted or error-fr ee ope ration of the Product. If a problem develo ps during the lim ited warranty period, the Consumer shall take the f ollowing step-by-step pr ocedure: a) The Consumer shall return the Pr oduct to the place of purchase for repair or r eplacement processing. b) If â a â is not con venient because of distance (more than 50 miles) or for other good cause, the C onsumer shall ship the Pr oduct prepaid and insured to: Nokia Inc., Attn: Repair Department 795 West Nas a Blvd. Melbourne, FL 3290 1 c) The Consumer shall include a return address, daytime phone number and/or fax number , complete description of the problem, proof of purchase and service agreement (if appl icable). Expenses related to removing the Product from an installation are not covered under th is limited warranty . d) The C onsumer will be billed for any p arts o r lab or char ges not covered by this li mited warr anty . The C onsu mer wi ll be resp onsi ble for any expe nses relate d to reinstall ation of the Produ ct. e) Nokia will re pair the Produ ct under the lim ited warranty with in 30 days after receipt of th e Product. If Nokia cannot perform repairs covered under this limited warranty with in 30 days, or after a reasonable number of attempts to repair the same defect, Nokia at its option, will provide a replacement Product or r e fund the purchase price of the Product less a reasonable amount for usag e. In some states the C onsum er m ay have th e right to a loaner i f the repair of the Product takes more than ten ( 1 0) days. Please cont act the Custom er Ser vice Center at Nokia at the telephone nu mber listed at the end of th is warranty if you n eed a loaner and the repai r of the Product has taken or is estimated to take more than ten (1 0 ) days.
[ 152 ] f) If the Product is r eturned durin g the limited warran ty period, but the problem with the Product is not covered under the ter ms and conditions of this limited w arranty , th e Consumer will be n otified and given an estim ate of the char ges the Consumer must pay to have the Product repaired, with all shipping charges billed to the Consumer . I f the estimate is refused, the Product will be r eturned freight collect. If th e Product is returned after the e xpiration of the limited warranty per iod , NokiaâÂÂs normal servic e policies shall apply and th e Cons umer will be r esp onsible for all shipping ch arges. 9 Y ou ( the Cons umer) und ers tand th at t he p roduct may c ons ist o f refurbished equipment that contains used components, some of which have been repr ocessed. The used componen ts comply w ith Product performance and r eliability specifications. 10 ANY I MPLIE D WARRANTY O F M ERCHANTABILIT Y , O R FI TNESS F OR A P ART ICUL AR PURPO SE OR USE, SHALL BE LIMI TED T O THE DURA TION OF TH E FOREGO ING LIMIT ED WRI TT EN WA R RAN TY . O THE RWIS E, TH E FOREGO ING L IMITED W ARRANT Y IS TH E CON SUMER âÂÂS SOLE AND EXC LUSI V E REME D Y AND IS IN LI EU OF AL L OTHER W AR RAN TIES , EXPRESS OR IMPL I ED. NOK I A SHALL NO T BE LIABLE FO R SPECIAL, INCIDE NTAL, PUNIT IVE O R CONSE QUENTI AL DA MAGES, INCLU DING BU T N O T LI MITE D T O LO SS OF ANTI CIP A TED BE NEF ITS O R P ROF ITS , LOSS OF SA VINGS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF DAT A, PUNITIVE DAMA GES, LOS S OF USE OF THE PR ODUC T OR ANY AS SOC IA TE D EQUI PME NT , COST OF CAPITAL, COST OF ANY SUBS TITUTE EQUIPMENT OR FAC ILI TIES , D OWN TIM E, TH E CL A IMS OF ANY T HIRD PARTI ES, INCLUD ING CUS TOMERS, AND INJU RY T O PR OPERTY , RE SULTING FROM TH E PURC HAS E OR US E OF T HE PROD U CT OR AR ISI NG FROM BREA CH OF THE WARRAN TY , B REACH OF CO NTRAC T , NE GLIGE NC E, STRICT TORT , OR AN Y OTHER LE GAL OR EQUITABLE T HEO RY , E VEN IF NOKI A KNEW OF T HE LIK EL IHOO D OF SU CH D AMA GES . N OKIA SH ALL NOT BE LI ABLE FO R DELA Y IN REN DERING SERVICE UNDE R TH E LIMI TE D W ARR ANT Y , OR L OSS OF U SE D URIN G TH E P ERIOD TH AT THE PRODUCT IS BE ING RE P AIR ED.
[ 153 ] 11 Some states do not allow lim itation of how long an im plied war ranty lasts, s o the one year war ranty limitat io n may not a pply to you (th e Consumer). Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental and consequential damages, so certain of th e above limitations or exclu sions may not apply to you (the C onsumer). This limited warranty gives the Con sumer specific legal r ights and the Consumer ma y also have other rights which vary f rom state to state. 12 Nokia neither assum e s nor authorizes any authorized service cen ter or any oth er person or entity to assu me for it any other obligation or liability beyond that which is ex pressly provided for in this limite d warranty including the provider or seller of any extended warranty or serv ic e agree men t. 13 This is the entire warranty between Nokia and th e Consumer , and super sedes all prio r and c onte mporane ous ag reem ents or unde rstandi ngs, oral or wr itten, relating to the Pr oduct, and no r e presentation, promise or condition not contained herein shall modify these terms. 14 This limited war ranty allocates the risk of f ailure of the Pr oduct between the Consumer and Nokia. The allocation is r ecognized by the Con sumer and is reflected in the pu rchase price. 15 Any action or lawsuit for breach of warranty must be commenced within eightee n (18) month s following purchase of th e Product. 16 Questions c oncernin g this limited warranty may be directed to: Nokia Inc. Attn: Customer Service 7725 W oodland Center Blvd., Ste. 150 Tam p a, F L 3 3 6 1 4 T el epho ne: 1- 888 -NOK IA -2U (1 -888 -665 -422 8) F acs imil e: (8 13) 287- 66 12 TTY/T DD Use rs O nly : 1- 80 0-24 -NO KIA (1- 800- 246 -654 2) 17 The limited warranty period for Nokia su pplied attachm e nts and accessories is specifically defined within their own warranty cards and packaging. *Nokia is a registered tr ademark of Nokia Corporation .
[ 154 ] In de x Numerics 1-t ouch d ial ing assign ing a n umber 61 chan ge a 1-touch numbe r 62 eras e a 1-t ouc h numb er 62 A ABC mode 32 accessibility solutions 5 accessibility website 5 accessible features 6 accessories 143 accessory char ging stand 146 cigarette lighter c harger 145 connection port 13 heads et ki t 146 loopset 5 rapid travel charger 145 standa rd travel ch arger 145 active call options activate/cancel call waiting 52 answer a waiting call 52 call waiting 52 end the active call 53 reject a waiting call 52 switch between calls 52 third call waiting 53 al arm c lo ck 11 8 delay alarm 11 8 snooze 11 8 ans wer a ca ll 20 answer call with any key 59 answer waiting call 52 an ten na contact 15 how to hold th e phone 15 location 14, 15 performance 15 anykey answ er 59 audiocassette 5 authority certificates 111 automatic redial 60 B batter y avoid short-circuiting 135 char ge 10 check s trength 16 empty 11 indication on screen 16 install 9 power 16 prolonged charging 134 recycle 135 re move 11 tempera tur e range 135 battery c harger connec tion 13 battery low indicatio n 134
[ 155 ] block international calls 91 bookmark set while browsing 11 0 bookmarks 11 0 Braille 5 browser use bookmarks 11 0 browser options 10 8 business c ards 122 se nd as t ex t m es sage 123 se nd usi ng IR 128 sending 122 C cache memory 11 0 calculator 123 calendar 11 4 mak e a not e 11 4 se nd not e 11 6 se t a re mi nder 11 5 cale nda r note s se nd vi a IR 129 set an a larm 11 5 call cos ts features 49 call f orwarding 57 call log 44 call r e strictions cancel 91 call tim e rs 47 call waiting 52 caller groups ad d na me s 79 assign r inging tone 79 graphics 81 re move na me s 79 re name 80 caller ID 20 car kit plug in 13 car profile 77 care and mainten ance 142 chat 101 change ni ckname 102 view history 10 2 check volume 16 clock 12 h our 78 24 h our 78 al ar m 11 8 display the clock 78 set the clock 77 closed user grou ps 92 code personal unblocking key 89 security 89 conference calls 56 connect battery charger 13 connection port 13 convert currency 124 coun td own t ime r 11 9 covers, ch anging 83
[ 156 ] D Data call history 50 Desktop Charging Stand 146 dictionary add word 36 difference between mute and hold 55 disconnect from wir eless Int ernet 11 0 display la nguage 77 downloading ringin g tones 82 E e-ma il enter in phone book 39 save address 39 e-mail address sav e 40 e-mail message se nd 97 emergency call make while using G PRS 11 3 emergency calls 139 end a call 20 end key 20 enter characte rs 33 enter letters ABC mode 32 entering letters and numbe rs special char acters 34 standard text in put 32 erase phone book entries 42 explosive areas phone us e 138 F factory settings default settings 82 fixed dialing 90 G games 132 bumper 133 pairs 2 133 snake 2 132 snowboarding 133 GPRS 10 6 call h istory 44 check data call history 44 dial-up connections 13 1 make a ca ll whi le online 11 3 phone symbols 11 2 receive a call while on line 11 3 voice tags 69 graphics associate with caller group 81 H handsfree operation 70
[ 157 ] heads et connect 12 make and answer calls 12 plug in 13 se t u p 12 use 12 Hea dset Kit 146 hearing a ids 137 hel p text 23 I icons 17 idle screen 16 IMEI 6 in-call options access menus 55 access the phone book 55 conference calls 56 end all calls 55 make a n ew call 54 mute the m icrophone 55 put a ca ll on hold 54 se nd to uch to nes 54 information m essage servic e 10 4 install SIM card 8 international call 62 international calls prefix 34 restrict access 91 International Mobile Equipment Identification 6 Int ernet connect with your phone 107 IR connection between 2 phones 126 check s tatus 127 phone symbols 127 phone to computer 129 K keyguard 86 keypad avoid accidental keypresses 86 lock 86 keys and features an ten na 14 back cover release 14 bottom 13 display 13 earpiece 13 end key 13 fro nt 13 left side 14 microphone 13 number keys 13 scroll k eys 13 selection keys 13 talk key 13 volume buttons 14 L label 6
[ 158 ] language 77 English 77 French 77 phone support 77 Spanish 77 large print 5 lights car profile 77 keypad and display 13 lock codes PIN codes 88 PUK codes 89 loopset 5 plug in 13 profile 76 se t as d ef au lt 76 loopset connection 13 LPS-3 5 M mak e a ca l l 19 use the phone book 19 make an emergency call while on line 11 3 make an international call 62 me mor y 43 me nus list of items 24 selecting a m enu 22 message settings mess age cen ter numb er 94 message mode 94 me ssa ges check text messages 99 check voice mail 65 microphone mut e 55 missed calls 45 model number 6 Modem setup download 130, 13 1 N Nokia Custom er Car e phone inf ormation 6 reque st alternate form at 5 TTY nu mber 5 Nokia PC Su ite 130 Nokia website 130, 13 1 O online help 23 onscreen help 23 P pacemaker 136 PC Connectivity 129 PC Suite 130 Content Copier 130 download 130, 13 1 instructions 130 PC Composer 130
[ 159 ] PC Graphics 130 PC Sync 130 PC/PDA connectivity guide 130 Phone editor 130 transfer graphics from PC to phone 130 transfer phone book info 130 phone an ten na 14 back cover 14 care and maintenanc e 142 check s ignal 16 fr eque ncy ba nds 147 operating voltage 147 tran smitting power 147 turn on 15 phone book add entry 32 erase na me s and numbers 42 fe atu re s 31 fi nd na mes 41 mak e a ca ll 19 me mor y 43 me nu 31 options 31 phone book menus 63 sav e na me s and num ber s 39 phone label 6 phone size 147 phone symbols 17 phone usage and gas stations 138 phone usage and hearing aids 137 phone us age and me dical de vic es 137 phone usage and p acemakers 136 phone usage and ve hicles 137 phone weigh t 147 picture messages sending wi th text 10 4 viewing 10 4 PIN code 88 power button location 15 power ke y 13 predictive text input 35 ad d wor d 36 example 35 language su pport 35 shortc uts 37 turn off 36 turn on 35 use keys 37 profile hand sf re e 75 timed 75 profiles car kit 77 customizing 73 for ac ces s orie s 75 loopset 76 PUK c ode 89 punctuation how to enter 33
[ 160 ] R Rapid Cigarette L ighter Charger 145 Rapid T ravel Charger 145 reception 16 re co rd voi ce me mo 65 redial a call 21 reject a call 20 re move batt e ry 11 restore factory s e ttings 82 restrict calls 90 ringing tones download 82 receive fr om network 82 S scroll bar 23 scroll keys 22 security code 87, 8 9 default 89 secu rity feat ures keyguard 86 personal unblocking key 89 PIN code 88 pre vent una ut hor ized us e 88 PUK code 89 require password 88 restrict calls 90 selection keys 22 se ria l n um ber 6 service command e ditor 10 5 signal strength indicator 16 silence a call 20 SIM card 8 avoid damage 9 hand li ng 9 install 8 me mor y 43 SIM card fe atu re fixed dialing 90 speed-dial 61 Standard T ravel Charger 145 start scr een 16 stopwa tch 120 measure lap time 12 1 measure split time 120 stop the clock 12 1 swap between two calls 52 syste m select 93 T talk key 19 technical information 147 text conventions 3 text message copy to calendar 10 0 sen d e-mail 97 text message s chat 101 reading 99 resending 97 send to single r ecipient 95 sending 96 set up 94 use GPRS 95
[ 16 1 ] time receive network u pdate 78 time format 78 to-do list se nd as text 11 7 to-do note 11 6 touch tones 54 se nd pau se 35 track online us age 50 wireless internet u sage 50 troubleshooting 148 TTY 5 U update date an d time 78 use in-call option s 53 use two phone lines 52 user gu ide alt e rnat e fo rm ats 5 audiocassette 5 Braille 5 disk copy 5 e-text 5 Large print 5 PC/PDA connectivity guide 130 updates 4 user gu ide conventions 3 V voice commands 70 activate in frared 71 call voice ma ilbox 71 voice dialing add a voice tag 68 change a voice tag 70 erase a voice tag 70 make a ca ll with voice recognition 69 play bac k a voice tag 70 voice mail listen to your messages 64 save the m ailbox number 65 voice memo 65 audio cues 67 indicator 67 set alar m 67 start ton e 67 voice recorde r 65 volume 16 ad jus t 16 check level on screen 16 decrease 20 earpiece 16 increase 20 keypad tones 73
[ 162 ] W WAP 10 6 W AP broswer 10 8 use phone keys 10 9 W AP page active link 10 9 ente r inf orm ati on 11 0 exampl es 10 9 header li ne 10 9 wire less I nternet clear the ca che 11 0 se cur it y i ssu es 11 0 sign off 11 0 sign on 107 wire less In tern et site examples 10 9 how to r ea d 10 9 wireless modem setup 130 wire less network se rvic es 4 write messages with built-in dictionary 35 www .n okia.com 130, 1 3 1 www .n okiaaccess ibi lity .com 5 P ar a obtener un manual del usuario en español favor de llama r o env iar un fax al tel éfon o 1- 888- NOKIA- 2U, fa x 8 13-24 9- 96 1 9.